NO841789L - PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF AMINOLA GENERIC SEAT PENEM - Google Patents
PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF AMINOLA GENERIC SEAT PENEMInfo
- Publication number
- NO841789L NO841789L NO841789A NO841789A NO841789L NO 841789 L NO841789 L NO 841789L NO 841789 A NO841789 A NO 841789A NO 841789 A NO841789 A NO 841789A NO 841789 L NO841789 L NO 841789L
- Authority
- NO
- Norway
- Prior art keywords
- formula
- amino
- compounds
- group
- protected
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 45
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 title claims description 11
- HHXMXAQDOUCLDN-RXMQYKEDSA-N penem Chemical compound S1C=CN2C(=O)C[C@H]21 HHXMXAQDOUCLDN-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 title 1
- -1 amino, amino Chemical group 0.000 claims description 266
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 185
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 81
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 76
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 67
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 48
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 37
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 34
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 31
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 23
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000004066 1-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000001476 phosphono group Chemical group [H]OP(*)(=O)O[H] 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 7
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000005092 alkenyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000005237 alkyleneamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CSC=N1 KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- LUXJYADQOWENRP-SSDLBLMSSA-N (5r,6s)-3-(2-amino-2-methylpropyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-7-oxo-4-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C(CC(C)(N)C)=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)[C@H](CO)[C@@H]12 LUXJYADQOWENRP-SSDLBLMSSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 143
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 126
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 60
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 56
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 47
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 38
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 38
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 36
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 36
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 34
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 31
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 24
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Natural products CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 17
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium hydroxide Inorganic materials [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium iodide Chemical compound [Na+].[I-] FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 14
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 13
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 12
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 11
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 11
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 10
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 9
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 8
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000005103 alkyl silyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCN1 MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 8
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphine Chemical class P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 7
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- OISVCGZHLKNMSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethylpyridine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=N1 OISVCGZHLKNMSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 6
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002217 penem group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000003638 stannyl group Chemical group [H][Sn]([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic acid Substances CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000006136 alcoholysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- OAMZXMDZZWGPMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;toluene Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O.CC1=CC=CC=C1 OAMZXMDZZWGPMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- WURFKUQACINBSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M ozonide Chemical compound [O]O[O-] WURFKUQACINBSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000009518 sodium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 5
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 description 5
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- CISALONQNBMMOO-WCBMZHEXSA-N (3s,4r)-3-[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxymethyl]-4-methylsulfonylazetidin-2-one Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](S(C)(=O)=O)NC1=O CISALONQNBMMOO-WCBMZHEXSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HHLFWLYXYJOTON-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glyoxylic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=O HHLFWLYXYJOTON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-ethylcaproic acid Natural products CCCCC(CC)C(O)=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000006385 ozonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910000073 phosphorus hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[Na+] PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 235000011121 sodium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 238000003797 solvolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 4
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 3
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical group [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012374 esterification agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000852 hydrogen donor Substances 0.000 description 3
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 3
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- TUQOTMZNTHZOKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylphosphine Chemical group CCCCP(CCCC)CCCC TUQOTMZNTHZOKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N (-)-Menthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-SSDOTTSWSA-M (2r)-2-ethylhexanoate Chemical compound CCCC[C@@H](CC)C([O-])=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-SSDOTTSWSA-M 0.000 description 2
- RHRKYELMYBDALK-WVZVXSGGSA-N (3s,4r)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonylazetidin-2-one Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)[C@@H]1CO RHRKYELMYBDALK-WVZVXSGGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QNXQLPUEZYZYFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-nitrophenyl)methyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 QNXQLPUEZYZYFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RQEUFEKYXDPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenylethylamine Chemical compound CC(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 RQEUFEKYXDPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(Cl)=O YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- WFMIUBGZZGCJCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-3-[(4-nitrophenyl)methoxycarbonylamino]butanethioic s-acid Chemical compound SC(=O)CC(C)(C)NC(=O)OCC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 WFMIUBGZZGCJCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-DUZGATOHSA-N D-isoascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-DUZGATOHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl sulfide Chemical compound CSC QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100025027 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase TRIM69 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000830203 Homo sapiens E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase TRIM69 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroquinone Chemical compound OC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QIGBRXMKCJKVMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylaniline Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium ion Chemical compound [K+] NPYPAHLBTDXSSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propene Chemical compound CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910001515 alkali metal fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910001860 alkaline earth metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005210 alkyl ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005101 aryl methoxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron trifluoride Chemical compound FB(F)F WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical compound OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JYYOBHFYCIDXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC(O)=O JYYOBHFYCIDXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1 MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinchonine Natural products C1C(C(C2)C=C)CCN2C1C(O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexa-1,3-diene Chemical compound C1CC=CC=C1 MGNZXYYWBUKAII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexene Chemical compound C1CCC=CC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-ephedrine Natural products CNC(C)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002373 hemiacetals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylphosphoric triamide Chemical compound CN(C)P(=O)(N(C)C)N(C)C GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000717 hydrazino group Chemical group [H]N([*])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000006698 hydrazinolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003232 p-nitrobenzoyl group Chemical group [N+](=O)([O-])C1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910001414 potassium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N quinidine Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H](C1)C=C)C2)C[N@@]1[C@H]2[C@@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006798 ring closing metathesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004469 siloxy group Chemical group [SiH3]O* 0.000 description 2
- SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver(1+) nitrate Chemical compound [Ag+].[O-]N(=O)=O SQGYOTSLMSWVJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JVBXVOWTABLYPX-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium dithionite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])=O JVBXVOWTABLYPX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000011775 sodium fluoride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013024 sodium fluoride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RZWQDAUIUBVCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;benzenethiolate Chemical compound [Na+].[S-]C1=CC=CC=C1 RZWQDAUIUBVCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960004793 sucrose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)Cl BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiocyanic acid Chemical compound SC#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000017105 transposition Effects 0.000 description 2
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl phosphite Chemical compound CCOP(OCC)OCC BDZBKCUKTQZUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CYTQBVOFDCPGCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyl phosphite Chemical compound COP(OC)OC CYTQBVOFDCPGCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JQZIKLPHXXBMCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylmethanethiol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(S)C1=CC=CC=C1 JQZIKLPHXXBMCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SCXZATZIVUFOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N undec-5-ene Chemical compound [CH2]CCCC=CCCCCC SCXZATZIVUFOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003673 urethanes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940005605 valeric acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-NQMVMOMDSA-N (+)-Borneol Natural products C1C[C@]2(C)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-NQMVMOMDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N (+)-borneol Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPWKPGFLZGMMFX-VHSXEESVSA-N (-)-camphanic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@]2(C(O)=O)OC(=O)[C@@]1(C)C2(C)C KPWKPGFLZGMMFX-VHSXEESVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WPRPVWTQSA-N (-)-ephedrine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WPRPVWTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFLGAXVYCFJBMK-BDAKNGLRSA-N (-)-menthone Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)CC1=O NFLGAXVYCFJBMK-BDAKNGLRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-PSASIEDQSA-N (1s,2r)-2-(methylamino)-1-phenylpropan-1-ol Chemical compound CN[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-PSASIEDQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPWKPGFLZGMMFX-ZJUUUORDSA-N (1s,4r)-1,7,7-trimethyl-2-oxo-3-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(C(O)=O)OC(=O)[C@]1(C)C2(C)C KPWKPGFLZGMMFX-ZJUUUORDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRBUNLLUASHNDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-nitrophenyl)hydrazine Chemical compound NNC1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O FRBUNLLUASHNDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-MRVPVSSYSA-N (2R)-octan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCCC[C@@H](C)O SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2S)-octan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCCC[C@H](C)O SJWFXCIHNDVPSH-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-LNVDRNJUSA-N (3r,5r)-1,3,4,5-tetrahydroxycyclohexane-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CC(O)(C(O)=O)C[C@@H](O)C1O AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-LNVDRNJUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HRSNUSSRGORZIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-nitrophenyl)methyl 2-(triphenyl-$l^{5}-phosphanylidene)acetate Chemical compound C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1COC(=O)C=P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 HRSNUSSRGORZIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHSGOABISYIYKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-nitrophenyl)methyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(COC(Cl)=O)C=C1 MHSGOABISYIYKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OLHHVLWQTANESF-PUOGSPQQSA-N (5r)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-7-oxo-4-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound S1C=C(C(O)=O)N2C(=O)C(CO)[C@H]21 OLHHVLWQTANESF-PUOGSPQQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006570 (C5-C6) heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DDYDBBBQYLFRJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N (diaminomethylideneamino)urea Chemical compound NC(=N)NNC(N)=O DDYDBBBQYLFRJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZUYLZMQTIKGSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[6-[4-(5-chloro-6-methyl-1H-indazol-4-yl)-5-methyl-3-(1-methylindazol-5-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl]prop-2-en-1-one Chemical compound ClC=1C(=C2C=NNC2=CC=1C)C=1C(=NN(C=1C)C1CC2(CN(C2)C(C=C)=O)C1)C=1C=C2C=NN(C2=CC=1)C AZUYLZMQTIKGSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YVRGKFXJZCTTRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloroethyl ethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC(C)Cl YVRGKFXJZCTTRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JJSCUXAFAJEQGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-isocyanatoethylbenzene Chemical compound O=C=NC(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JJSCUXAFAJEQGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQTVRBFZNRIBCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-sulfanylazetidin-2-one Chemical compound SN1CCC1=O PQTVRBFZNRIBCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000453 2,2,2-trichloroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl 0.000 description 1
- HORQAOAYAYGIBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine Chemical compound NNC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O HORQAOAYAYGIBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-SZSCBOSDSA-N 2-[(1s)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]-3,4-dihydroxy-2h-furan-5-one Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)C1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-SZSCBOSDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000022 2-aminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003006 2-dimethylaminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- XWKFPIODWVPXLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-5-methylpyridine Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)N=C1 XWKFPIODWVPXLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CISALONQNBMMOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxymethyl]-4-methylsulfonylazetidin-2-one Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)OCC1C(S(C)(=O)=O)NC1=O CISALONQNBMMOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFQAIWOMJQWGSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-3-methylbutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(N)CC(O)=O NFQAIWOMJQWGSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPBYNQIRSKDPLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-3-[(4-nitrophenyl)methoxycarbonylamino]butanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(C)(C)NC(=O)OCC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 NPBYNQIRSKDPLZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001999 4-Methoxybenzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1OC([H])([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004800 4-bromophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Br 0.000 description 1
- 125000000242 4-chlorobenzoyl group Chemical group ClC1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 1
- KMVPXBDOWDXXEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrophenylhydrazine Chemical compound NNC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 KMVPXBDOWDXXEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Abietic-Saeure Natural products C12CCC(C(C)C)=CC2=CCC2C1(C)CCCC2(C)C(O)=O RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WDJHALXBUFZDSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetoacetic acid Natural products CC(=O)CC(O)=O WDJHALXBUFZDSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000497 Amalgam Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910015900 BF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241001148536 Bacteroides sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000008733 Citrus aurantifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000193464 Clostridium sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001478240 Coccus Species 0.000 description 1
- AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cordycepinsaeure Natural products OC1CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)C1O AAWZDTNXLSGCEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Natural products CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YXHKONLOYHBTNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diazomethane Chemical compound C=[N+]=[N-] YXHKONLOYHBTNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibenzylamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNCC1=CC=CC=C1 BWLUMTFWVZZZND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000305071 Enterobacterales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194032 Enterococcus faecalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen atom Chemical compound [H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005909 Kieselgur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000588747 Klebsiella pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000001358 L(+)-tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011002 L(+)-tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-LWMBPPNESA-N L-(+)-Tartaric acid Natural products OC(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-LWMBPPNESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002211 L-ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000069 L-ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002841 Lewis acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000151018 Maranta arundinacea Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010804 Maranta arundinacea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-ethylpiperidine Chemical compound CCN1CCCCC1 HTLZVHNRZJPSMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000588653 Neisseria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588650 Neisseria meningitidis Species 0.000 description 1
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003189 Nylon 4,6 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000588770 Proteus mirabilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589517 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Species 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-WZBLMQSHSA-N Quinine Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H](C1)C=C)C2)C[N@@]1[C@@H]2[C@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-WZBLMQSHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver ion Chemical compound [Ag+] FOIXSVOLVBLSDH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium cation Chemical compound [Na+] FKNQFGJONOIPTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000193998 Streptococcus pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012419 Thalia geniculata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011941 Tilia x europaea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000209140 Triticum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910001297 Zn alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ITLHXEGAYQFOHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [diazo(phenyl)methyl]benzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=[N+]=[N-])C1=CC=CC=C1 ITLHXEGAYQFOHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-ONCXSQPRSA-N abietic acid Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CC(C(C)C)=CC1=CC[C@@H]1[C@]2(C)CCC[C@@]1(C)C(O)=O RSWGJHLUYNHPMX-ONCXSQPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000001266 acyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005042 acyloxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005377 adsorption chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001854 alkali hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000288 alkali metal carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008041 alkali metal carbonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001516 alkali metal iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000272 alkali metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005904 alkaline hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005360 alkyl sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001118 alkylidene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- SNAAJJQQZSMGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum magnesium Chemical compound [Mg].[Al] SNAAJJQQZSMGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- HOPRXXXSABQWAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anhydrous collidine Natural products CC1=CC=NC(C)=C1C HOPRXXXSABQWAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006286 aqueous extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003939 benzylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000051 benzyloxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-IBTVXLQLSA-N brucine Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@H]([C@H]2C3)[C@@H]4N(C(C1)=O)C=1C=C(C(=CC=11)OC)OC)CC=C2CN2[C@@H]3[C@]41CC2 RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-IBTVXLQLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N brucine Natural products C1=2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=2N(C(C2)=O)C3C(C4C5)C2OCC=C4CN2C5C31CC2 RRKTZKIUPZVBMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N butene Natural products CC=CC IAQRGUVFOMOMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004106 butoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ca+2] AXCZMVOFGPJBDE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000920 calcium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001861 calcium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LSPHULWDVZXLIL-QUBYGPBYSA-N camphoric acid Chemical compound CC1(C)[C@H](C(O)=O)CC[C@]1(C)C(O)=O LSPHULWDVZXLIL-QUBYGPBYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1CC2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)CC1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006297 carbonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:2])C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009903 catalytic hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N catechol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1O YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008280 chlorinated hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- GGRHYQCXXYLUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethyl 2,2-dimethylpropanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCCl GGRHYQCXXYLUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRJWRGBVPUUDLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorosulfonyl isocyanate Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)N=C=O WRJWRGBVPUUDLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorotrimethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)Cl IJOOHPMOJXWVHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L chromium(ii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Cr]Cl XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003245 coal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000571 coke Substances 0.000 description 1
- UTBIMNXEDGNJFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N collidine Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)C(C)=N1 UTBIMNXEDGNJFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- TVZPLCNGKSPOJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper zinc Chemical compound [Cu].[Zn] TVZPLCNGKSPOJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- DMSZORWOGDLWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ctk1a3526 Chemical class NP(N)(N)=O DMSZORWOGDLWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000012024 dehydrating agents Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- WOWBFOBYOAGEEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N diafenthiuron Chemical compound CC(C)C1=C(NC(=S)NC(C)(C)C)C(C(C)C)=CC(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 WOWBFOBYOAGEEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008049 diazo compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006345 epimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- MHYCRLGKOZWVEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;hydrate Chemical compound O.CCOC(C)=O MHYCRLGKOZWVEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYIBRDXRRQCHLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetoacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(C)=O XYIBRDXRRQCHLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JPUTTYRVDANTBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl methanimidate;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CCOC=N JPUTTYRVDANTBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000219 ethylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002360 explosive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004275 glycolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002357 guanidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940047650 haemophilus influenzae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000006331 halo benzoyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 229940071870 hydroiodic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003978 infusion fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013067 intermediate product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M iodide Chemical compound [I-] XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000002496 iodine Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000555 isopropenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(\*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005928 isopropyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(OC(*)=O)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002541 isothioureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002542 isoureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004873 levomenthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007517 lewis acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004571 lime Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium iodide Inorganic materials [Li+].[I-] HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Substances [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001092 metal group alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005948 methanesulfonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JXPQMUIUIUAFFX-NQBHXWOUSA-N methyl (2R,5R,6R)-6-[[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxymethyl]-3,3-dimethyl-4,4,7-trioxo-4lambda6-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-2-carboxylate Chemical compound O=S1(=O)C(C)(C)[C@@H](C(=O)OC)N2C(=O)[C@@H](CO[Si](C)(C)C(C)(C)C)[C@H]21 JXPQMUIUIUAFFX-NQBHXWOUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQVLQSMEKZLEIE-GKROBHDKSA-N methyl (2S,5R,6R)-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3,3-dimethyl-4,4,7-trioxo-4lambda6-thia-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane-2-carboxylate Chemical compound O=S1(=O)C(C)(C)[C@H](C(=O)OC)N2C(=O)[C@@H](CO)[C@H]21 UQVLQSMEKZLEIE-GKROBHDKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGROKZMEHJZWDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-amino-n-phenylnitramide Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)N(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 LGROKZMEHJZWDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002004 n-butylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004708 n-butylthio group Chemical group C(CCC)S* 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- KPADFPAILITQBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N non-4-ene Chemical compound CCCCC=CCCC KPADFPAILITQBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012434 nucleophilic reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002903 organophosphorus compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JSGZKHJWRITPII-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoniumylideneazanide Chemical class O[N] JSGZKHJWRITPII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxophosphane Chemical compound P=O AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005949 ozonolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001037 p-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002961 penems Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940117803 phenethylamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphite(3-) Chemical class [O-]P([O-])[O-] AQSJGOWTSHOLKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphonium Chemical compound [PH4+] XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005496 phosphonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005544 phthalimido group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011197 physicochemical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000587 piperidin-1-yl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])N(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium benzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 159000000001 potassium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylamine Chemical group CCCN WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KOUKXHPPRFNWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazine-2,5-dicarboxylic acid;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC(=O)C1=CN=C(C(O)=O)C=N1 KOUKXHPPRFNWPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002112 pyrrolidino group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940054334 silver cation Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001961 silver nitrate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ODZPKZBBUMBTMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium amide Chemical compound [NH2-].[Na+] ODZPKZBBUMBTMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium ethoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC[O-] QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004289 sodium hydrogen sulphite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940031000 streptococcus pneumoniae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- GFYHSKONPJXCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N sym-collidine Natural products CC1=CN=C(C)C(C)=C1 GFYHSKONPJXCDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001981 tert-butyldimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([H])(C([H])([H])[H])[*]C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003510 tertiary aliphatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QSUJAUYJBJRLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetraethylazanium;fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC QSUJAUYJBJRLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DBGVGMSCBYYSLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylstannane Chemical compound CCCC[SnH](CCCC)CCCC DBGVGMSCBYYSLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVFOMCVHYWHZJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichloroacetyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl PVFOMCVHYWHZJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004044 trifluoroacetyl group Chemical group FC(C(=O)*)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-O triphenylphosphanium Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1[PH+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- UEWNEQVNIYYFFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphanium;dibromide Chemical compound [Br-].[Br-].C1=CC=CC=C1[PH+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1[PH+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 UEWNEQVNIYYFFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002211 ultraviolet spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001567 vinyl ester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D205/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D205/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D205/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D205/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with one oxygen atom directly attached in position 2, e.g. beta-lactams
- C07D205/09—Heterocyclic compounds containing four-membered rings with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with one oxygen atom directly attached in position 2, e.g. beta-lactams with a sulfur atom directly attached in position 4
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
- C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/22—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by carboxyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D499/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 4-thia-1-azabicyclo [3.2.0] heptane ring systems, i.e. compounds containing a ring system of the formula:, e.g. penicillins, penems; Such ring systems being further condensed, e.g. 2,3-condensed with an oxygen-, nitrogen- or sulfur-containing hetero ring
- C07D499/88—Compounds with a double bond between positions 2 and 3 and a carbon atom having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. an ester or nitrile radical, directly attached in position 2
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F7/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 4 or 14 of the Periodic Table
- C07F7/02—Silicon compounds
- C07F7/08—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages
- C07F7/18—Compounds having one or more C—Si linkages as well as one or more C—O—Si linkages
- C07F7/1804—Compounds having Si-O-C linkages
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
- C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
- C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
- C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
- C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07F9/568—Four-membered rings
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Cosmetics (AREA)
- Agricultural Chemicals And Associated Chemicals (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
Description
Foreliggende oppfinnelse gjelder nye 2-aminolaverealkyl-penem-forbindelser, fremgangsmåte for fremstilling av dem, farmasøytiske preparater som inneholder slike forbindelser, The present invention relates to new 2-aminolower alkyl penem compounds, process for their production, pharmaceutical preparations containing such compounds,
og deres anvendelse for fremstilling av farmasøytiske preparater eller som farmakologisk virksomme forbindelser. and their use for the production of pharmaceutical preparations or as pharmacologically active compounds.
Oppfinnelsen gjelder spesielt 2-aminolaverealkyl-2-penem-forbindelser med formelen The invention relates in particular to 2-aminolower alkyl-2-penem compounds of the formula
hvor R, er lavere alkyl som er substituert med hybroksy eller beskyttet hydroksy, er karboksyl eller beskyttet karboksyl ', R3betyr amino, amino som er substituert med lavere alkyl, substituert metylenamino eller beskyt- where R, is lower alkyl substituted by hydroxy or protected hydroxy, is carboxyl or protected carboxyl', R3 is amino, amino substituted by lower alkyl, substituted methyleneamino or protect-
tet amino og A er lineært laverealkylen som er substituert med lavere alkyl, med den betegnelse at R^er forskjellig fra 1-hydroksyetyl eller beskyttet 1-hydroksyety1, når A tet amino and A is linear lower alkylene substituted with lower alkyl, with the proviso that R^ is different from 1-hydroxyethyl or protected 1-hydroxyethyl, when A
er lineært laverealkylen som er substituert geminalt med to metylgrupper, R2har ovenstående betydning, og R^ er amino eller beskyttet amino, salter av slike forbindelser med formel ^ som oppviser en saltdannende gruppe, optiske isomerer av forbindelser med formel I og blandinger av disse optiske isomerer, fremgangsmåte for fremtilling av forbindelser med formel I, farmasøytiske preparater som innehodler slike forbindelser, og deres anvendelse for fremstilling av farmasøytiske preparater eller som farmakologisk virksomme forbindelser. is linear lower alkylene geminally substituted with two methyl groups, R2 has the above meaning, and R^ is amino or protected amino, salts of such compounds of formula ^ which exhibit a salt-forming group, optical isomers of compounds of formula I and mixtures of these optical isomers , process for the preparation of compounds of formula I, pharmaceutical preparations containing such compounds, and their use for the preparation of pharmaceutical preparations or as pharmacologically active compounds.
I det foranstående og etterfølgende anvendte definisjoner, har i rammen av foreliggende beskrivelsen fortrinnsvis følg-ende betydninger: Amino R^som er substituert med lavere alkyl er f.eks. laverealkylamino eller dilaverealkylamino. I substituert metylenamino er metylenresten fortrinnsvis mono- eller disubstituert. Substituert metylenamino er f.eks. en gruppe med formelen hvor X^ er hydrogen, eventuelt substituert amino, f.eks. amino, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, laverealkylenamino, nitroamino, hydroksino eller anilino, foretret hydroksy, f.eks. lavere alkoksy eller fenyllaverealkoksy, foretret merkapto, f.eks. lavere alkyltio, eventuelt substituert laverealkyl, f.eks. laverealkyl, aminolaverealkyl, N-laverealkylaminolaverealkyl eller N,N-dilaverealkylamino-laverealkyl ,. laverealkenyl, fenyl eller monocyklisk heteroaryl, som tilsvarende 5- eller 6-leddet heteroaryl med 1-2 nitrogenatomer, og/eller et oksygen- eller svovelatom, som pyridyl, f.eks. 2- eller 4-pyridyl, tienyl, f.eks. 2-tienyl eller tiazolyl, f.eks. 4-tiazolyl, og X 9 er eventuelt substituert amino, f.eks. amino, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, laverealkylenamino, hydrazino eller anilino, foretret hydroksy, f.eks. laverealkoksy eller fenyllaverealkoksy, eller foretret merkapto, f.eks. laverealkyltio. In the above and subsequent definitions used, within the framework of the present description, preferably have the following meanings: Amino R which is substituted with lower alkyl is e.g. lower alkylamino or dilower alkylamino. In substituted methyleneamino, the methylene residue is preferably mono- or disubstituted. Substituted methylene amino is e.g. a group with the formula where X^ is hydrogen, optionally substituted amino, e.g. amino, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, lower alkyleneamino, nitroamino, hydroxy or anilino, etherified hydroxy, e.g. lower methoxy or phenyl lower oxy, etherified mercapto, e.g. lower alkylthio, optionally substituted lower alkyl, e.g. loweralkyl, aminoloweralkyl, N-loweralkylaminoloweralkyl or N,N-diloweralkylamino-loweralkyl,. lower alkenyl, phenyl or monocyclic heteroaryl, such as corresponding 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl with 1-2 nitrogen atoms, and/or an oxygen or sulfur atom, such as pyridyl, e.g. 2- or 4-pyridyl, thienyl, e.g. 2-thienyl or thiazolyl, e.g. 4-thiazolyl, and X 9 is optionally substituted amino, e.g. amino, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, lower alkyleneamino, hydrazino or anilino, etherified hydroxy, e.g. lower methoxy or phenyl lower oxy, or etherified mercapto, e.g. lower alkylthio.
I foretrukne rester med formel (IA) er X^hydrogen, amino, laverealkylamino eller laverealkyl og amino. In preferred residues of formula (IA), X is hydrogen, amino, lower alkylamino or lower alkyl and amino.
Rester med formelen (IA), som har et hydrogenatom på a-atomet i substituenten X^eller substituenten X2, f.eks. rester med formelen (IA), hvor X-^er amino, laverealkylamino, nitroamino, hydrazino, anilino eller eventuelt substituert laverealkyl og/eller X2er amino, laverealkylamino, hydrazino eller anilino, kan også foreligge i de tautomere formene hvori X| hhv. er tilsvarende substituert eller usubstitu-ert metylen eller imino. Residues of the formula (IA), which have a hydrogen atom on the α-atom in the substituent X₂ or the substituent X₂, e.g. residues with the formula (IA), where X-^ is amino, lower alkylamino, nitroamino, hydrazino, anilino or optionally substituted lower alkyl and/or X 2 is amino, lower alkylamino, hydrazino or anilino, can also exist in the tautomeric forms in which X| respectively is correspondingly substituted or unsubstituted methylene or imino.
I den foreliggende beskrivelse betyr uttrykket "lavere" In the present specification, the term "lower" means
som er anvendt i forbindelse med definisjoner av grupper og forbindelser, at de tilsvarende grupper henholdsvis forbindelser, dersom ikke annet uttrykkelig er definert, inneholder opp til 7, fortrinnsvis opp til 4 karbonatomer. which is used in connection with definitions of groups and compounds, that the corresponding groups or compounds, unless otherwise expressly defined, contain up to 7, preferably up to 4 carbon atoms.
Laverealkyl R, som er substituert med hydroksy, er spesielt laverealkyl som er substituert i a-stilling til penem-ringskjellettet med hydroksy og betyr f.eks. 1-hydroksyprop-1- yl, 2-hydroksyprop-2-yl, 1-hydroksybut-l-yl, 2-hydroksybut-2- yl og i første rekke hydroksymetyl eller 1-hydroksyetyl. Lower alkyl R, which is substituted with hydroxy, is especially lower alkyl which is substituted in the α-position of the penem ring skeleton with hydroxy and means e.g. 1-hydroxypropyl-1-yl, 2-hydroxypropyl-2-yl, 1-hydroxybut-1-yl, 2-hydroxybut-2-yl and primarily hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl.
Laverealkylamino er f.eks. metylamino, etylamino, n-propyl-amino, isopropylamino eller n-butylamino, mens dilaverealkylamino, f.eks. betyr dimetylamino, dietylamino, di-n-propyl-amino eller di-n-butylamino. Lower alkylamino is e.g. methylamino, ethylamino, n-propylamino, isopropylamino or n-butylamino, while diloverealkylamino, e.g. means dimethylamino, diethylamino, di-n-propylamino or di-n-butylamino.
Laverealkylenamino oppviser spesielt 4 til 6 karbonkjede-ledd og betyr f.eks. pyrrolidino eller piperidino. Lower alkylene amino especially has 4 to 6 carbon chain links and means e.g. pyrrolidino or piperidino.
Laverealkoksy er f.eks. metoksy, etoksy, n-propoksy, iso-propoksy, n-butoksy eller tert.-butoksy, mens fenyllaverealkoksy f.eks. er benzyloksy. Low-area coke is e.g. methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy or tert.-butoxy, while phenyl lower alkyl oxy e.g. is benzyloxy.
Laverealkyltio er f.eks. metyltio, etyltio, n-propyltio, isopropyltio eller n-butyltio. Lower alkylthio is e.g. methylthio, ethylthio, n-propylthio, isopropylthio or n-butylthio.
Laverealkyl er f.eks. metyl, etyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sek.-butyl eller tert.-butyl. Lower alkyl is e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl or tert-butyl.
Aminolaverealkyl er f.eks. 2-aminoetyl eller 3-aminopropyl. Amino lower alkyl is e.g. 2-aminoethyl or 3-aminopropyl.
N-laverealkylamino laverealkyl er f.eks. 2-metyl- eller 2-ety1-aminoety1, mens N,N-dilaverealkylaminolaverealkyl f.eks. er 2-dimetylaminoetyl eller 2-dietylaminoetyl. N-lower alkylamino lower alkyl is e.g. 2-methyl- or 2-ethyl1-aminoethyl1, while N,N-dilower alkylaminolower alkyl e.g. is 2-dimethylaminoethyl or 2-diethylaminoethyl.
Laverealkenyl er f.eks. allyl, n-propenyl eller isopropenyl. Lower range alkenyl is e.g. allyl, n-propenyl or isopropenyl.
Lineært laverealkylen i resten A oppviser 1-7, fortrinnsvis 1- 4 karbonatomer, og er f.eks. metylen, etylen, 1,3-propylen, 1,4-butylen, videre også 1,5-pentylen. En slik laverealky-lenrest er mono- eller polysubstituert, som spesielt mono-eller disubstituert med laverealkyl med 1-4 karbonatomer, spesielt med 1-2 karbonatomer, som n-propyl, n-butyl eller spesielt metyl eller etyl. 2-laverealkylsubstituenter kan være anordnet med samme karbonatom (geminal), på nabokarbon-atomer (vicinal) eller på to forskjellige karbonatomer i laverealkylen-kjeden som er skilt av minst en metylengruppe. The linear lower alkylene in the residue A has 1-7, preferably 1-4 carbon atoms, and is e.g. methylene, ethylene, 1,3-propylene, 1,4-butylene, and also 1,5-pentylene. Such a lower alkylene radical is mono- or polysubstituted, such as mono- or disubstituted with lower alkyl with 1-4 carbon atoms, especially with 1-2 carbon atoms, such as n-propyl, n-butyl or especially methyl or ethyl. 2-lower alkyl substituents can be arranged with the same carbon atom (geminal), on neighboring carbon atoms (vicinal) or on two different carbon atoms in the lower alkylene chain which are separated by at least one methylene group.
En slik rest A er eksempelvis laverealkyliden, som etyliden ("metyl-metylen"), 1,2-propylen, 2-laverealkyl-, som 2-metyl-1,2-propylen, 1,2-butylen, 2-laverealkyl-, som 2-metyl-eller 2-ety1-1,2-butylen, 3-laverealkyl-, som 3-metyl-l,2-butylen, 1,3-butylen, 2-laverealkyl-, som 2-metyl-l,3-butylen, 3-laverealkyl-, som 3-metyl-l,3-butylen, eller 2,2-dilaverealkyl-, som 2,2-dimety1-1,3-butylen, hvorved karbonatom 1 i disse rester er forbundet med penem-ringskjellettet, eller også 1,2-propylen, 2-laverealkyl-, som 2-metyl-l,2-propylen, 1,2-butylen, 2-laverealkyl-, som 2-metyl- eller 2- etyl-l,2-butylen, 3-laverealkyl-, som 3-metyl-l,2-butylen, eller 3,3-dilaverealky1-, som 3,3-dimetyl-l,2-butylen, hvorved karbonatom 2 i disse rester er forbundet med penem-ringskjellettet. Foretrukne rester A er 1,2-propylen, 1,2-butylen, 1,3-butylen og 2-metyl-l,2-propylen som er forbundet med penem-ringskjellettet over karbonatom 1, såvel som 1,2-propylen som er forbudnet med penem-ringskjellettet over karbonatom 2. Such a residue A is, for example, the lower alkylidene, such as ethylidene ("methyl-methylene"), 1,2-propylene, 2-lower alkyl-, such as 2-methyl-1,2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 2-lower alkyl- , as 2-methyl-or 2-ethyl-1-1,2-butylene, 3-lower alkyl-, as 3-methyl-1,2-butylene, 1,3-butylene, 2-lower alkyl-, as 2-methyl-1 ,3-butylene, 3-lower alkyl-, such as 3-methyl-1,3-butylene, or 2,2-dilower alkyl-, such as 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-butylene, whereby carbon atom 1 in these residues is connected with the penem ring skeleton, or also 1,2-propylene, 2-lower alkyl-, such as 2-methyl-1,2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 2-lower alkyl-, such as 2-methyl- or 2-ethyl- 1,2-butylene, 3-lower alkyl-, such as 3-methyl-1,2-butylene, or 3,3-dilower alkyl-, such as 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-butylene, whereby carbon atom 2 in these residues is connected with the penem ring skeleton. Preferred residues A are 1,2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, 1,3-butylene and 2-methyl-1,2-propylene which are connected to the penem ring skeleton over carbon atom 1, as well as 1,2-propylene which is forbidden with the penem ring skeleton over carbon atom 2.
De funksjonelle grupper som er tilstede i forbindelsene med formel I, som hydroksy-, karboksy- eller aminogrupper, spesielt hydroksygruppen i resten R^, karboksylgruppen R» The functional groups present in the compounds of formula I, such as hydroxy, carboxy or amino groups, in particular the hydroxy group in the residue R^, the carboxyl group R»
og en aminogruppe R^, er eventuelt beskyttet med konvensjonelle beskyttelsesgrupper, som anvendes i penem-, penicil- and an amino group R^, is optionally protected with conventional protecting groups, which are used in penem-, penicil-
lin-, cefalospirin- og peptid-kjemien.lin, cephalospirin and peptide chemistry.
Slike beskyttelsesgrupper kan lett avspaltes, dvs. utenSuch protecting groups can be easily split off, i.e. without
at det finner sted uønskede bireaksjoner, eksempelvis solvolytisk, reduktivt eller også under fysiologiske betingelser. that unwanted side reactions take place, for example solvolytic, reductive or also under physiological conditions.
Beskyttelsesgrupper av denne art, såvel som deres innfør-ing og avspaltning, er eksempelvis beskrevet i J.F.W. McOmie, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", Plenum Press, London, New York, 1973, Protecting groups of this kind, as well as their introduction and cleavage, are for example described in J.F.W. McOmie, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", Plenum Press, London, New York, 1973,
T.W. Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley, New York, 1981, T.W. Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley, New York, 1981,
"The Peptides", vol. I, Schroeder og Luebke, Academic Press, London, New York, 1965 og "The Peptides", vol. In, Schroeder and Luebke, Academic Press, London, New York, 1965 and
Houben-Weyl, "Methoden der Organischen Chemie", bind 15/1, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, 1974. Houben-Weyl, "Methoden der Organischen Chemie", Volume 15/1, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, 1974.
I forbindelser med formel (I) kan en hydrokgruppe i resten eksempelvis være beskyttet med acylrester. Egnede acylrester er f.eks. laverealkanoyl som eventuelt er substituert med halogen, f.eks. acetyl- eller trifluoracetyl, benzoyl som eventuelt er substituert med nitro, f.eks. benzoyl, 4-nitrobenzoyl eller 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, lavere alkoksykarbonyl som eventuelt er substituert med halogen, f.eks. 2-brometoksykarbonyl eller 2,2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl, eller fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyl som eventuelt er substituert med nitro, f.eks. 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl. Andre egnede hydroksybeskyttelsesgrupper er f.eks. trisubstituert silyl, som trilaverealkylsilyl, f.eks. trimetylsilyl eller tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyl, 2-halogenlaverealkylgrupper, f.eks. 2-klor-, 2-brom-, 2-jod- og 2,2,2-trikloretyl, og fenyllaverealkyl som eventuelt er substituert med halogen, f.eks. klor, laverealkoksy, f.eks. metoksy, og/eller nitro, som tilsvarende benzyl. Foretrukken som hydroksy beskyttelsesgrupper er trilaverealkylsilyl-gruppen. In compounds of formula (I), a hydroxy group in the residue can, for example, be protected with acyl residues. Suitable acyl residues are e.g. lower alkanoyl which is optionally substituted with halogen, e.g. acetyl- or trifluoroacetyl, benzoyl which is optionally substituted with nitro, e.g. benzoyl, 4-nitrobenzoyl or 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl which is optionally substituted with halogen, e.g. 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl or 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, or phenyl lower oxycarbonyl which is optionally substituted with nitro, e.g. 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl. Other suitable hydroxy protecting groups are e.g. trisubstituted silyl, such as trilower alkylsilyl, e.g. trimethylsilyl or tert-butyl-dimethylsilyl, 2-halo-lower alkyl groups, e.g. 2-chloro-, 2-bromo-, 2-iodo- and 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, and phenyl lower alkyl which is optionally substituted with halogen, e.g. chlorine, lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy, and/or nitro, as corresponding benzyl. Preferred as hydroxy protecting groups is the trilower alkylsilyl group.
En karboksylgruppe R2er vanligvis beskyttet i forestret form, hvorved estergruppen er lett spaltbar under skånende betingelser, f.eks. under skånende reduktive, som hydrogeno-lytiske, eller skånende solvolytiske, som acidolytiske eller spesielt basiske eller nøytrale hydrolytiske betingelser. A carboxyl group R2 is usually protected in esterified form, whereby the ester group is easily cleavable under gentle conditions, e.g. under mildly reductive, such as hydrogenolytic, or mildly solvolytic, such as acidolytic or especially basic or neutral hydrolytic conditions.
En beskyttet karboksylgruppe kan spesielt også væreA protected carboxyl group can in particular also be
en forestret karboksylgruppe som er spaltbar under fysiologiske betingelser eller lett kan omdannes til en annen funksjonell omdannet karboksylgruppe, som til en annen forestret karboksylgruppe. an esterified carboxyl group that is cleavable under physiological conditions or can be easily converted to another functional converted carboxyl group, such as to another esterified carboxyl group.
Slike forestrede _karboksylgrupper R^ inneholder som for-estrende grupper, i første rekke laverealkylgrupper som er forgrenet i 1-stilling eller egnet substituert i 1- eller 2-stilling. Foretrukne karboksylgrupper som foreligger i forestret form, der bl.a. laverealkoksykarbonyl, f.eks. metoksykarbonyl, etoksykarbonyl, isopropoksykarbonyl eller tert.-butoksykarbonyl, og (hetero-) arylmetoksykarbonyl med 1-3 arylrester eller en monocyklisk heteroarylrest, hvorved disse eventuelt er mono- eller polysubstituert med laverealkyl, som tert.-laverealkyl, f.eks. tert.-butyl, halogen, f.eks. klor, og/eller nitro. Eksempler på slike grupper er eventuelt f.eks. som ovenfor nevnt, substituert benzyloksykarbonyl, f.eks. 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl, eventuelt, f.eks. som ovenfor nevnt, substituert difenylmetoksykarbonyl, f.eks. difenylmetoksykarbonyl, eller trifenylmet-oksykarbonyl, eller eventuelt, f.eks. som ovenfor nevnt, substituert picolyloksykarbonyl, f.eks. 4-picokyloksykarbo-nyl, eller furfuryloksykarbonyl, som 2-furfuryloksykarbonyl. Andre egnede grupper er laverealkanoylmetoksykarbony1, som acetonyloksykarbonyl, aroylmetoksykarbonyl, hvor aroylgruppen fortrinnsvis er benzoyl som eventuelt er substituert f.eks. med halogen, som brom, f.eks. fenacyloksykarbony1, halogenlaverealkoksykarbony1, som 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, f.eks. 2,2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl, 2-kloretoksykarbonyl, 2-brometoksykarbony1 eller 2-jodetoksykarbony1, eller w-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, hvor laverealkoksy inneholder 4-7 karbonatomer, f.eks. 4-klorbutoksykarbonyl,ftalimidometoksykarbonyl, laverealkenyloksykarbonyl, f.eks. allyloksykarbonyl, eller etoksykarbonyl som er substituert i 2-stilling med laverealkylsulfonyl, cyano eller trisubstituert silyl, som trilaverealkylsilyl eller trifenylsilyl, f.eks. 2-metylsulfonyl-etoksykarbonyl, 2-cyanoetoksykarbo-nyl, 2-trimetylsilyletoksykarbonyl eller 2-(di-n-butyl-metyl-silyl)-etoksykarbonyl. Such esterified _carboxyl groups R^ contain, as esterifying groups, primarily lower alkyl groups which are branched in the 1-position or suitably substituted in the 1- or 2-position. Preferred carboxyl groups which are present in esterified form, where i.a. lower alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl or tert.-butoxycarbonyl, and (hetero-)arylmethoxycarbonyl with 1-3 aryl residues or a monocyclic heteroaryl residue, whereby these are optionally mono- or polysubstituted with lower alkyl, such as tert.-lower alkyl, e.g. tert-butyl, halogen, e.g. chlorine, and/or nitro. Examples of such groups are possibly e.g. as mentioned above, substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, e.g. 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, optionally, e.g. as above, substituted diphenylmethoxycarbonyl, e.g. diphenylmethoxycarbonyl, or triphenylmethoxycarbonyl, or optionally, e.g. as above, substituted picolyloxycarbonyl, e.g. 4-picocyloxycarbonyl, or furfuryloxycarbonyl, such as 2-furfuryloxycarbonyl. Other suitable groups are lower alkanoylmethoxycarbonyl, such as acetonyloxycarbonyl, aroylmethoxycarbonyl, where the aroyl group is preferably benzoyl which is optionally substituted, e.g. with halogen, such as bromine, e.g. phenacyloxycarbonyl, halolower oxycarbonyl, such as 2-halolower oxycarbonyl, e.g. 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl or 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl, or w-halogeno-lower oxycarbonyl, where lower alkoxy contains 4-7 carbon atoms, e.g. 4-chlorobutoxycarbonyl, phthalimidomethoxycarbonyl, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl, e.g. allyloxycarbonyl, or ethoxycarbonyl which is substituted in the 2-position with lower alkylsulfonyl, cyano or trisubstituted silyl, such as trilower alkylsilyl or triphenylsilyl, e.g. 2-methylsulfonyl-ethoxycarbonyl, 2-cyanoethoxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl or 2-(di-n-butyl-methyl-silyl)-ethoxycarbonyl.
Andre beskyttede karboksylgrupper som foreligger i forestret form, er tilsvarende organiske silyloksykarbonyl-, videre tilsvarende organiske stannyloksykarbonylgrupper. Other protected carboxyl groups that exist in esterified form are corresponding organic silyloxycarbonyl, further corresponding organic stannyloxycarbonyl groups.
I disse inneholder silisium- hhv. tinnatomet fortrinnsvis laverealkyl, spesielt metyl eller etyl, videre laverealkoksy, f.eks. metoksy, som substituenter. Egnede silyl-hhv. stannylgrupper er i første rekke trilaverealkylsilyl, spesielt trimetylsily1 eller dimetyl-tert.-butylsilyl, eller tilsvarende substituerte stannylgrupper, f.eks. tri-n-butylstannyl. These contain silicon or the tin atom is preferably lower alkyl, especially methyl or ethyl, further lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy, as substituents. Suitable silyl or stannyl groups are primarily trilower alkylsilyl, especially trimethylsilyl or dimethyl-tert-butylsilyl, or correspondingly substituted stannyl groups, e.g. tri-n-butylstannyl.
En forestret karboksylgruppe R' som er spaltbar under fysiologiske betingelser, er i først<2>e rekke en acyloksymetoksy-karbonylgruppe, hvor acyl f.eks. betyr resten fra en organisk karboksylsyre, i første rekke en eventuelt substituert laverealkankarboksylsyre, eller hvor acyloksymetyl dan-ner resten av et lakton, 1-laverealkoksylaverealkoksykarbo-nyl, eller også 1-laverealkoksykarbonyloksylaverealkoksykarbonyl, hvor laverealkyl f.eks. er metyl, propyl, butyl eller spesielt etyl eller laverealkoksy, f.eks. metoksy, propoksy eller butoksy. Slike grupper er f.eks. laverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl, f.eks. acetoksymetoksykarbonyl eller pivaloyloksymetoksykarbonyl, aminolaverealkanoyloksy-metoksykarbonyl, spesielt a-aminolaverealkanoyloksymetoksy-karbonyl, f.eks. glycyloksymetoksykarbony1, L-valyloksymet-oksykarbonyl, L-leucyloksymetoksykarbonyl, ftalidyloksykarbonyl, 4-krotonolaktonyl eller 4-butyrolakton-4-yl, indanyloksykarbonyl, f.eks. 5-indanyloksykarbonyl, 1-etoksykarbo-nyloksyetoksykarbonyl, metoksy-metoksykarbonyl eller An esterified carboxyl group R' which is cleavable under physiological conditions is primarily an acyloxymethoxycarbonyl group, where acyl e.g. means the residue from an organic carboxylic acid, primarily an optionally substituted lower alkane carboxylic acid, or where acyloxymethyl forms the residue of a lactone, 1-lower carboxyl oxycarbonyl, or also 1-lower oxycarbonyloxy carbonyl, where lower alkyl e.g. is methyl, propyl, butyl or especially ethyl or lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy, propoxy or butoxy. Such groups are e.g. lower alkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, e.g. acetoxymethoxycarbonyl or pivaloyloxymethoxycarbonyl, aminolower alkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, especially α-aminoloweralkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, e.g. glycyloxymethoxycarbonyl, L-valyloxymethoxycarbonyl, L-leucyloxymethoxycarbonyl, phthalidyloxycarbonyl, 4-crotonolactonyl or 4-butyrolacton-4-yl, indanyloxycarbonyl, e.g. 5-indanyloxycarbonyl, 1-ethoxycarbonyloxyethoxycarbonyl, methoxymethoxycarbonyl or
1- metoksyetoksykarbonyl.1- methoxyethoxycarbonyl.
Foretrukkede, beskyttede karboksylgrupper R^ er 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl-, laverealkenyloksykarbonyl- og etoksy-karbonylgruppen som er substituert i 2-stilling med lavere alkylsulfonyl, cyano eller trilaverealkylsilyl, såvel som fremfor alt de forestrede karboksylgruppene som er spaltbare under fysiologiske betingelser, som f.eks. laverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl eller 1-laverealkoksykarbonyl-oksy-laverealkoksykarbonyl. Preferred protected carboxyl groups R^ are the 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl and ethoxycarbonyl groups which are substituted in the 2-position with lower alkylsulfonyl, cyano or trilower alkylsilyl, as well as above all the esterified carboxyl groups which are cleavable under physiological conditions, such as e.g. lower alkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl or 1-lower oxycarbonyl-oxy-lower oxycarbonyl.
En beskyttet aminogruppe kan eksempelvis foreligge i form av en lett spaltbar acylamino-, acylimino-, foretret mer-kaptoamino-, silyl- eller stanylaminogruppe, eller som en amino-, nitro- eller azidogruppe. I en tilsvarende acyl-aminogruppe, er acyl eksempelvis acylresten i en organisk syre med f.eks. opp til 18 karbonatomer, spesielt en alkan-karboksylsyre som eventuelt er substituert, f.eks. med halogen eller fenyl, eller benzosyre som eventuelt er substituert f.eks. med halogen, laverealkoksy eller nitro, eller en kullsyrehalvester. Slike acylgrupper er eksempelvis laverealkanoyl, som formyl, acetyl eller propionyl, halo-genlaverealkanoyl, som 2-halogenacetyl, spesielt 2-fluor-, 2- brom-, 2-jod-, 2,2,2-trifluor- eller 2,2,2-trikloracetyl, eventuelt substituert benzoyl, f.eks. benzoyl, halogenben-zoyl, som 4-klorbenzoyl, laverealkoksybenzoy1, som 4-metoksybenzoyl, eller nitrogenzoyl, som 4-nitrobenzoyl. A protected amino group can for example be in the form of an easily cleavable acylamino, acylimino, etherified mercaptoamino, silyl or stannylamino group, or as an amino, nitro or azido group. In a corresponding acyl-amino group, acyl is, for example, the acyl residue in an organic acid with e.g. up to 18 carbon atoms, especially an alkane carboxylic acid which is optionally substituted, e.g. with halogen or phenyl, or benzoic acid which is optionally substituted, e.g. with halogen, lower alkoxy or nitro, or a carbonic acid half-ester. Such acyl groups are, for example, lower alkanoyl, such as formyl, acetyl or propionyl, halo-lower alkanoyl, such as 2-haloacetyl, especially 2-fluoro-, 2-bromo-, 2-iodo-, 2,2,2-trifluoro- or 2,2 ,2-trichloroacetyl, optionally substituted benzoyl, e.g. benzoyl, halobenzoyl, such as 4-chlorobenzoyl, lower alkoxybenzoyl, such as 4-methoxybenzoyl, or nitrogenoyl, such as 4-nitrobenzoyl.
Spesielt er også laverealkenyloksykarbonyl, f.eks. allyloksykarbonyl, eller laverealkoksykarbonyl som eventuelt er substituert i 1- eller 2-stilling egnet, som lavere alkoksykarbonyl, f.eks. metoksy- eller etoksykarbonyl, eventuelt substituert benzyloksykarbonyl, f.eks. benzyloksy-karbonyle eller 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl, aroyletoksykar-bonyl, hvori aroylgruppen fortrinnsvis er benzoyl som eventuelt er substituert, f.eks. med halogen, som brom, f.eks. benazyloksykarbony1, 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbony1, f.eks. 2,2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl, 2-kloretoksykarbonyl, 2-brom etoksykarbonyl eller 2-jodetoksykarbonyl, eller 2-(trisubstituert silyl)-etoksykarbonyl, som 2-trilaverealkylsilyl-etoksykarbonyl, f.eks. 2-trimetylsilyletoksykarbonyl eller 2-(di-n-butylmetyl-silyl)-etoksykarbonyl, eller 2-triaryl-silyletoksykarbonyl, som 2-trifenylsilyletoksykarbonyl. In particular, also lower alkenyloxycarbonyl, e.g. allyloxycarbonyl, or lower alkoxycarbonyl which is optionally substituted in the 1- or 2-position is suitable, as lower alkoxycarbonyl, e.g. methoxy- or ethoxycarbonyl, optionally substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, e.g. benzyloxycarbonyl or 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, aroyloxycarbonyl, in which the aroyl group is preferably benzoyl which is optionally substituted, e.g. with halogen, such as bromine, e.g. benazyloxycarbonyl, 2-halolower oxycarbonyl, e.g. 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-bromoethoxycarbonyl or 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl, or 2-(trisubstituted silyl)ethoxycarbonyl, such as 2-trilower alkylsilylethoxycarbonyl, e.g. 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl or 2-(di-n-butylmethylsilyl)ethoxycarbonyl, or 2-triarylsilylethoxycarbonyl, such as 2-triphenylsilylethoxycarbonyl.
I en acyliminogruppe er acyl eksempelvis acylresten i en organisk dikarboksylsyre med f.eks. opp til 12 karbonatomer, spesielt en tilsvarende aromatisk dikarboksylsyre, som ftal-syre. En slik gruppe er i første rekke ftalimino. In an acylimino group, acyl is, for example, the acyl residue in an organic dicarboxylic acid with e.g. up to 12 carbon atoms, especially a corresponding aromatic dicarboxylic acid, such as phthalic acid. One such group is primarily phthalimino.
En foretret merkaptoaminogruppe er i første rekke en fenyl-tioaminogruppe som eventuelt er substituert med laverealkyl, som metyl eller tert.-butyl, laverealkoksy, som metoksy, halogen, som klor eller brom, og/eller nitro, eller en pyridyltioaminogruppe. Tilsvarende grupper er eksempelvis 2- eller 4-nitrofenyltioamino eller 2-pyridyltioamino. An etherified mercaptoamino group is primarily a phenyl-thioamino group which is optionally substituted with lower alkyl, such as methyl or tert-butyl, lower alkoxy, such as methoxy, halogen, such as chlorine or bromine, and/or nitro, or a pyridylthioamino group. Corresponding groups are, for example, 2- or 4-nitrophenylthioamino or 2-pyridylthioamino.
En silyl- eller stannylaminogruppe er i første rekke en organisk silyl- hhv. stannylaminogruppe, hvor silisium- A silyl or stannylamino group is primarily an organic silyl or stannylamino group, where silicon-
hhv. tinnatomet, fortrinnsvis inneholder lavere alkyl, f.eks. metyl, etyl, n-butyl eller tert.-butyl, videre laverealkoksy, f.eks. metoksy, som substituenter. Tilsvarende silyl- eller stannylgrupper er i første rekke trilaverealkylsilyl, spesielt trimetylsilyl, videre dimetyl-tert.-butylsilyl, eller respectively the tin atom, preferably contains lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-butyl or tert.-butyl, further lower alkoxy, e.g. methoxy, as substituents. Corresponding silyl or stannyl groups are primarily trilower alkylsilyl, especially trimethylsilyl, further dimethyl-tert-butylsilyl, or
tilsvarende substituert stannyl, f.eks. tri-n-butylstannyl. correspondingly substituted stannyl, e.g. tri-n-butylstannyl.
Andre beskyttede aminogrupper er f.eks. enaminogrupper,Other protected amino groups are e.g. enamino groups,
som inneholder en elektrontrekkende substituent, eksempslvis en karbonylgruppe, ved dobbeltbindingen i 2-stilling. Beskyttelsesgrupper av denne type er eksempelvis 1-acyl-laverealk-l-en-2-yl-rester, hvor acyl f.eks. betyr den tilsvarende rest fra en laverealkankarboksylsyre, f.eks. eddiksyre, en benzosyre som eventuelt er substituert med f.eks. laverealkyl, som metyl eller tert.-butyl, laverealkoksy som metoksy, halogen, som klor, og/eller nitro, eller spesielt en kullsyrehalvester som en kullsyre-lavere- which contains an electron-withdrawing substituent, for example a carbonyl group, at the double bond in the 2-position. Protective groups of this type are, for example, 1-acyl-lower alk-1-en-2-yl residues, where acyl e.g. means the corresponding residue from a lower alkane carboxylic acid, e.g. acetic acid, a benzoic acid which is optionally substituted with e.g. lower alkyl, such as methyl or tert.-butyl, lower alkoxy such as methoxy, halogen, such as chlorine, and/or nitro, or in particular a carbonic acid half-ester such as a carbonic lower-
alkylhalvester, f.eks. -metylhalvester eller -etylhalvester, og laverealk-l-en spesielt 1-propen. Tilsvarende beskyttelsesgrupper er i første rekke l-laverealkanoylprop-l-en-2-yl, f.kes. l-acetyl-prop-l-en-2-yl, eller 1-laverealkoksykarbonyl-prop-l-en-2-yl, f.eks. 1-etoksykarbonyl-prop-l-en-2-yl. alkyl half-esters, e.g. -methyl half-ester or -ethyl half-ester, and lower alk-1-ene especially 1-propene. Corresponding protecting groups are primarily l-lower alkanoylprop-l-en-2-yl, e.g. 1-acetyl-prop-1-en-2-yl, or 1-lower oxycarbonyl-prop-1-en-2-yl, e.g. 1-ethoxycarbonyl-prop-1-en-2-yl.
Foretrukne beskyttede aminogrupper er f.eks. azido, ftali-mido, nitro, laverealkenyloksykarbonylamino, benzyloksykarbonylamino som eventuelt er substituert med nitro, 1-laverealkanoyl-laverealk-l-en-2-ylmaino eller 1-laverealkoksykarbonyl-laverealk-l-en-2-ylamino. Preferred protected amino groups are e.g. azido, phthalimido, nitro, lower alkenyloxycarbonylamino, benzyloxycarbonylamino which is optionally substituted with nitro, 1-lower alkanoyl-lower alk-1-en-2-ylamino or 1-lower alkenyloxycarbonyl-lower alk-1-en-2-ylamino.
Salter av forbindelser ifølge oppfinnelsen er i første rekke farmasøytisk godtagbare, ikke toksiske salter av forbindelser med formel I. Slike salter dannes eksempelvis av forbindelser med formel I, hvor R~er karboksyl og er i første rekke metall- eller ammoniumsalter, som alkalimetall- og jordalkalimetall-, f.eks. natrium-, kalium-, magnesium-eller kaliumsalter, såvel som ammoniumsalter med ammoniakk eller egnede organiske aminer, som laverealkylaminer, f.eks trietylamin, hydroksylaverealkylaminer, f.eks. 2-hydroksy-etylamin, bis-(2-hydroksyetyl)-amin eller tris-(2-hydroksyetyl)-amin, basiske alifatiske estere av karboksylsyre, f.eks. 4-aminobenzosyre-2-dietylamrnoetylester, lavere-alkylenaminer, f.eks. 1-etylpiperidin, cykloalkylaminer, f.eks. dicykloheksylamin, eller benzylaminer, f.eks. N, N'-bienzyletylendiamin, dibenzylamin eller N-benzyl-ø-fene-tylamin. Forbindelser med formel I med en basisk gruppe, f.eks. med en aminogruppe, kan danne syreaddisjonssalter, f.eks. med uorganiske syrer, som saltsyre, svovelsyre eller fosforsyre, eller med egnede organiske karboksyl- eller sulfonsyrer, f.eks. eddiksyre, ravsyre, fumarsyre, malein-syre, vinsyre, oksalsyre, sitronsyre, benzosyre, mandelsyre, eplesyre, askorbinsyre, metansulfonsyre eller 4-toluensulfonsyre. Forbindelser med formel I med en sur og med en basisk gruppe, kan også foreligge i form av indre Salts of compounds according to the invention are primarily pharmaceutically acceptable, non-toxic salts of compounds of formula I. Such salts are formed, for example, by compounds of formula I, where R~ is carboxyl and are primarily metal or ammonium salts, such as alkali metal and alkaline earth metal, e.g. sodium, potassium, magnesium or potassium salts, as well as ammonium salts with ammonia or suitable organic amines, such as lower alkylamines, e.g. triethylamine, hydroxyl lower alkylamines, e.g. 2-hydroxyethylamine, bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, basic aliphatic esters of carboxylic acid, e.g. 4-aminobenzoic acid 2-diethylaminoethyl ester, lower alkylene amines, e.g. 1-ethylpiperidine, cycloalkylamines, e.g. dicyclohexylamine, or benzylamines, e.g. N,N'-bienzylethylenediamine, dibenzylamine or N-benzyl-o-phenethylamine. Compounds of formula I with a basic group, e.g. with an amino group, can form acid addition salts, e.g. with inorganic acids, such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid, or with suitable organic carboxylic or sulphonic acids, e.g. acetic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, ascorbic acid, methanesulfonic acid or 4-toluenesulfonic acid. Compounds of formula I with an acidic and with a basic group can also exist in the form of internal
salter, dvs. i zwitter-ionisk form.salts, i.e. in zwitterionic form.
For isolering eller rensing kan også farmasøytisk uegnede salter finne anvendelse. For terapeutisk anvendense anven-der bare de farmasøytisk godtagbare, ikke-toksiske saltene, som derfor er foretrukne. Pharmaceutically unsuitable salts can also be used for isolation or purification. For therapeutic use, use only the pharmaceutically acceptable, non-toxic salts, which are therefore preferred.
Penem-forbindelsene med formel I oppviser R-konfigurasjon ved karbonatom 5, og S-konfigurasjon ved karbonatom 6. Forbindelsene med formel I kan ha ytterligere chiralitets-centra i substituentene R-^og/eller A, som hver kan foreligge i R-, S- eller den racemiske R,S-konfigurasjonen. The penem compounds of formula I exhibit R configuration at carbon atom 5, and S configuration at carbon atom 6. The compounds of formula I may have additional centers of chirality in the substituents R-^ and/or A, each of which may be present in R-, S or the racemic R,S configuration.
I forbindelse med formel I, hvor R^er laverealkyl med 2-In connection with formula I, where R^ is lower alkyl with 2-
7 karbonatomer som er asymmetrisk substituert i a-stilling (ved karbonatom 1'), spesielt I'-etyl, inntar substituentene ved karbonatom 1' fortrinnsvis R-konfigurasjonen. 7 carbon atoms which are asymmetrically substituted in the a-position (at carbon atom 1'), especially I'-ethyl, the substituents at carbon atom 1' preferably take the R-configuration.
Oppfinnelsen gjelder spesielt forbindelser med formel I, hvor R^er laverealkyl som er substituert med hydroksy eller beskyttet hydroksy, R2betyr karboksyl eller beskyttet karboksyl R^, R3 er amino, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, en gruppe med formelen -N=C(X-L, X2) , hvor X.^er hydrogen, amino, lavere alkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, laverealkylenamino, nitroamino, hydrazino, anilino, laverealkoksy, fenyllaverealkoksy, laverealkyltio, laverealkyl, aminolaverealkyl, N-1averealkylaminoiaverealkyl, N,N-dilaverealkylaminolavere-alkyl, laverealkenyl, fenyl, pyridyl, f.eks. 2- eller 4-pyridyl, tienyl, f.eks. 2-tienyl, eller tiazolyl, f.eks. 4-tiazolyl, og X^er amino, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, laverealylenamino, hydrazino, anilino, laverealkoksy, fenyllaverealkoksy eller laverealkyltio, eller beskyttet amino, og A er lineært laverealkylen som er substituert med laverealkyl med 1-4 karbonatomer, under den forutsetning at R^er forskjellig fra 1-hydroksyetyl eller beskyttet 1-hydroksyetyl, når A er lineært laverealkylen som er geminalt substituert med to metylgrupper, R^ har ovenstående betydning, og R^er amino eller beskyttet amino, salter The invention relates in particular to compounds of formula I, where R^ is lower alkyl which is substituted by hydroxy or protected hydroxy, R 2 means carboxyl or protected carboxyl R^, R 3 is amino, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, a group of the formula -N=C(X-L, X2 ) , where X.^ is hydrogen, amino, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, lower alkyleneamino, nitroamino, hydrazino, anilino, lower alkoxy, phenyl lower alkyl, lower alkylthio, lower alkyl, amino lower alkyl, N-1 lower alkyl amino, lower alkyl, N,N-di lower alkyl amino lower alkyl, lower alkenyl, phenyl, pyridyl, e.g. 2- or 4-pyridyl, thienyl, e.g. 2-thienyl, or thiazolyl, e.g. 4-thiazolyl, and X^ is amino, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, lower allyleneamino, hydrazino, anilino, lower alkoxy, phenyl lower alkyl or lower alkylthio, or protected amino, and A is linear lower alkylene substituted with lower alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms, provided that R^ is different from 1-hydroxyethyl or protected 1-hydroxyethyl, when A is linear lower alkylene geminally substituted with two methyl groups, R^ has the above meaning, and R^ is amino or protected amino, salts
av slike forbindelser med formel I, som inneholder en saltdannende gruppe, optiske isomerer av forbindelser med formel I, som har chiralitetscentra i restene R^og/eller A, og blandinger av disse optiske isomerer. of such compounds of formula I, which contain a salt-forming group, optical isomers of compounds of formula I, which have centers of chirality in the radicals R₁ and/or A, and mixtures of these optical isomers.
Oppfinnelsen gjelder fremfor alt forbindelser med formelThe invention applies above all to compounds of formula
I hvor R^er laverealkyl som er substituert med hydroksy, trilaverealkylsilyloksy, 2-halogenlaverealkoksy, 2-halogen-laverealkoksykarbonyloksy eller fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyloksy som eventuelt er substituert med nitro, R^betyr karboksyl, laverealkenyloksykarbonyl, benzyloksykarbonyl som eventuelt er substituert med nitro, laverealkanoyl metoksykarbonyl, 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, 2-trilaverealkylsilyl-etoksykarbonyl eller en forestret karboksylgruppe som er spaltbar under fysiologiske betingelser, f.eks. 1-laverealkoksykarbonlyoksylaverealkoksykarbonyl, laverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl, a-aminolaverealkanoyloksynretoksy-karbonyl eller ftalidyloksykarbonyl, R^betyr amino, lavere alkylamino, dilaverealkylamino, en gruppe med formelen In where R^ is lower alkyl which is substituted with hydroxy, tri-lower alkylsilyloxy, 2-halo-lower alkyloxy, 2-halo-lower oxycarbonyloxy or phenyl lower alkylcarbonyloxy which is optionally substituted with nitro, R^ means carboxyl, lower alkenyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl which is optionally substituted with nitro, lower alkanoyl methoxycarbonyl, 2-halogeno-lower oxycarbonyl, 2-trilower alkylsilyl-ethoxycarbonyl or an esterified carboxyl group which is cleavable under physiological conditions, e.g. 1-lower oxycarbonyllyoxylower oxycarbonyl, lower alkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl, α-aminoloweralkanoyloxy ethoxycarbonyl or phthalidyloxycarbonyl, R^ means amino, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino, a group of the formula
-N=C(X-^,X2 ), hvor X^er hydrogen, amino, laverealkylamino, laverealkyl, fenyl eller pyridyl, f.eks. 2-pyridyl, og X^ -N=C(X-^,X 2 ), where X^ is hydrogen, amino, lower alkylamino, lower alkyl, phenyl or pyridyl, e.g. 2-pyridyl, and X^
er amino, laverealkylamino eller dilaverealkylamino,is amino, lower alkylamino or dilower alkylamino,
azido, ftalimino, nitro, laverealkenyloksykarbonylamino, benzyloksykarbonylamino som eventuelt er substituert med nitro, l-laverealkanoyl-laverealk-l-en-2-ylamino eller 1-laverealkoksykarbonyl-laverealk-l-en-2-ylamino, og A er lineært lavere alkylen som er mono- eller disubstituert med laverealkyl med 1-4 karbonatomer, under den forutsetning av at R^er forskjellig fra 1-hydroksyetyl eller beskyttet 1-hydroksyetyl, når A er lineært laverealkylen som er geminalt substituert med to metylgrupper, R^ har ovenstående betydning, og R^er amino, eller beskyttet amino, salter av slike forbindelser med formel I, som oppviser en saltdannende gruppe, optiske isomerer av forbindelser med formel I, som har chiralitetscentra i restene R^og/eller A, og blandinger av disse optiske isomerer. azido, phthalimino, nitro, lower alkenyloxycarbonylamino, benzyloxycarbonylamino optionally substituted with nitro, 1-lower alkanoyl-lower alk-l-en-2-ylamino or 1-lower alkenyloxycarbonyl-lower alk-l-en-2-ylamino, and A is linear lower alkylene which is mono- or disubstituted with lower alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms, provided that R^ is different from 1-hydroxyethyl or protected 1-hydroxyethyl, when A is linear lower alkyl geminally substituted with two methyl groups, R^ has the above meaning, and R^ is amino, or protected amino, salts of such compounds of formula I, which exhibit a salt-forming group, optical isomers of compounds of formula I, which have centers of chirality in the residues R^ and/or A, and mixtures thereof optical isomers.
Oppfinnelsen gjelder i første rekke forbindelser med formel The invention primarily applies to compounds of formula
I hvor betyr laverealkyl som er substituert med hydroksy og A betyr lineært laverealkylen med 1-4 karbonatomer, som er monosubstituert med metyl eller etyl, eller hvor R^betyr hydroksymetyl og A betyr lineært laverealkylen med 1- Where I means lower alkyl which is substituted by hydroxy and A means linear lower alkylene of 1-4 carbon atoms, which is monosubstituted with methyl or ethyl, or where R^ means hydroxymethyl and A means linear lower alkylene of 1-
4 karbonatomer som er disubstituert med metyl eller etyl,4 carbon atoms that are disubstituted with methyl or ethyl,
og hvor R2er karboksyl, 1-laverealkoksykarbonyloksylaverealkoksykarbonyl eller laverealkanoyloksymetoksykarbonyl og R^amino, laverealkylamino eller formamidino, salter av slike forbindelser med formel I, optiske isomerer av forbindelser med formel I, som har chiralitetscentra i restene R^og/eller A, og blandinger av disse optiske isomerer. and where R 2 is carboxyl, 1-lower oxycarbonyloxycarbonyl or lower alkanoyloxymethoxycarbonyl and R 2 is amino, lower alkylamino or formamidino, salts of such compounds of formula I, optical isomers of compounds of formula I, which have chirality centers in the residues R 2 and/or A, and mixtures of these optical isomers.
Oppfinnelsen gjelder hovedsakelig forbindelser med formelThe invention mainly relates to compounds of formula
I hvor R^betyr hydroksymetyl eller 1-hydroksyetyl, og AIn where R^means hydroxymethyl or 1-hydroxyethyl, and A
er etylen eller 1,3-propylen som er monosubstituert med metyl eller etyl eller hvor R^er hydroksymetyl og A betyr etylen som er disubstituert med metyl, og hvor R^er karboksyl og R^er amino, og salter av slike forbindelser' med formel I. is ethylene or 1,3-propylene which is monosubstituted with methyl or ethyl or where R^ is hydroxymethyl and A means ethylene which is disubstituted with methyl, and where R^ is carboxyl and R^ is amino, and salts of such compounds' with formula I.
Oppfinnelsen gjelder videre de rene optiske isomerer av slike forbindelser med formel I, som har ytterligere chira-' litetscentra i substituentene R^og/eller A, spesielt (l'R)-isomerer av forbindelser med formel I, hvor R^er 1'-hydroksyetyl, og salter av slike forbindelser med formel I. The invention further relates to the pure optical isomers of such compounds of formula I, which have additional chirality centers in the substituents R^ and/or A, especially (1'R) isomers of compounds of formula I, where R^ is 1' -hydroxyethyl, and salts of such compounds with formula I.
Oppfinnelsen gjelder spesielt de forbindelser med formelThe invention applies in particular to those compounds with formula
I og deres salter som er nevnt i eksemplene.I and their salts mentioned in the examples.
Forbindelsene i foreliggende oppfinnelse kan fremstilles ved hjelp av i og for seg kjente fremgangsmåter. The compounds in the present invention can be prepared using methods known per se.
De nye forbindelsene fremstilles f.eks. ved atThe new compounds are produced e.g. by that
a) en ylid-forbindelse med formela) a ylide compound of formula
hvor R^, R^, R-,°9A nar de betydninger som er angitt under formel I, Z betyr oksygen eller svovel og X<+>er enten en 3 ganger substituert fosfoniumgruppe eller en to ganger forestret fosfonogruppe sammen med et kation, ringsluttes, eller where R^, R^, R-,°9A have the meanings indicated under formula I, Z means oxygen or sulfur and X<+>is either a 3-fold substituted phosphonium group or a doubly esterified phosphono group together with a cation, are closed, or
b) en forbindelse med formelb) a compound of formula
hvor R^, R^, R^og A har de betydninger som er angitt under where R^, R^, R^ and A have the meanings indicated below
formel 1, behandles med en organisk forbindelse av 3-verdig fosfor, og om ønsket eller nødvendig, overføres i en oppnåelig forbindelse med formel I en beskyttet hydroksygruppe i resten R^til den frie hydroksygruppen, og/eller om ønsket, i en oppnåelig forbindelse med formel I overføres en beskyttet karboksylgruppe R^ til den frie karboksylgruppen eller i en annen beskyttet karboksylgruppe R^ eller en fri karboksylgruppe R2til en beskyttet karboksylgruppe R^, og/eller om ønsket, overføres en beskyttet aminogruppe R^ til den frie aminogruppen eller en fri aminogruppe R^over-føres til en substituert aminogruppe, og/eller om ønsket, overføres en oppnåelig forbindelse med saltdannende grupper til et salt eller et oppnåelig salt til den frie forbindelsen eller til et annet salt, og/eller om ønsket oppdeles en oppnåelig blanding av isomere forbindelser med formel I til de enkelte isoemrer. formula 1, is treated with an organic compound of 3-valent phosphorus, and if desired or necessary, in an obtainable compound of formula I, a protected hydroxy group in the residue R^ is transferred to the free hydroxy group, and/or if desired, in an obtainable compound with formula I, a protected carboxyl group R^ is transferred to the free carboxyl group or in another protected carboxyl group R^ or a free carboxyl group R2 to a protected carboxyl group R^, and/or if desired, a protected amino group R^ is transferred to the free amino group or a free amino group R^ is transferred to a substituted amino group, and/or if desired, an obtainable compound with salt-forming groups is transferred to a salt or an obtainable salt to the free compound or to another salt, and/or if desired, an obtainable compound is split mixture of isomeric compounds with formula I to the individual isomers.
I utgangsforbindelsene med formlene II og III, er funksjonelle grupper, som en fri hydroksygruppe i resten R^og spesielt en triaminogruppe R^ , fortrinnsvis beskyttet med konvensjonelle beskyttelsesgrupper, f.eks. med en av de ovennevnte. In the starting compounds of formulas II and III, functional groups, such as a free hydroxy group in the residue R^ and especially a triamino group R^ , are preferably protected with conventional protecting groups, e.g. with one of the above.
a) Ringslutning av forbindelsen med formel II.a) Cyclization of the compound of formula II.
Gruppen X<+>i utgangsmaterialet med formel II er en av de The group X<+> in the starting material of formula II is one of them
fosfonio- eller fosfonogrupper som er vanlige ved Wittig-kondensasjonsreaksjoner, spesielt en triaryl-, f.eks. tri-fenyl-, eller trilaverealkyl-, f.eks. tri-n-butylfosfonium-gruppe eller en fosfonogruppe som er to ganger forestret med laverealkyl, f.eks. etyl, hvorved symbolet X<+>når det gjelder fosfonogruppen i tillegg omfatter kationet av en sterk base, spesielt et egnet metall-, som alkalimetall- , f.eks. litium-, natrium- eller kaliumion. Foretrukken som gruppe X<+>er på den ene side trifenylfosfonium og på den annen side dietylfosfono sammen med et alkalimetall-, f.eks. natriumion. phosphonio or phosphono groups common in Wittig condensation reactions, especially a triaryl, e.g. tri-phenyl-, or tri-lower alkyl-, e.g. tri-n-butylphosphonium group or a phosphono group which is doubly esterified with lower alkyl, e.g. ethyl, whereby the symbol X<+> in the case of the phosphono group additionally includes the cation of a strong base, especially a suitable metal, such as alkali metal, e.g. lithium, sodium or potassium ion. Preferred as group X<+> is on the one hand triphenylphosphonium and on the other hand diethylphosphono together with an alkali metal, e.g. sodium ion.
Ylid-forbindelsene med formel II betegnes i den isomere ylen-formen også som fosforan-forbindelser. I fosfonio-forbindelser med formel II nøytraliseres den negative lad-ningen av den positivt ladede fosfoniogruppen. I fosfono-forbindelser med formel II nøytraliseres den negative lad-ningen med kationet i en sterk base, som avhengig av frem-stillingsmåten for fosfono-utgangsmaterialet kan være f.eks. et alkalimetall-, f.eks. natrium-, litium- eller kaliumion. Fosfono-utgangsstoffene anvendes derfor som salter i reaksjonen . The ylide compounds of formula II are also referred to in the isomeric ylene form as phosphorane compounds. In phosphonio compounds of formula II, the negative charge is neutralized by the positively charged phosphonio group. In phosphono compounds with formula II, the negative charge is neutralized with the cation in a strong base, which, depending on the method of preparation for the phosphono starting material, can be e.g. an alkali metal, e.g. sodium, lithium or potassium ion. The phosphono starting materials are therefore used as salts in the reaction.
Ringslutningen kan foregå spontant, dvs. ved fremstillingen av utgangsstoffene, eller ved oppvarming, f.eks. i et temperaturområde fra ca. 30 til ca. 160°C, fortrinnsvis fra ca. 50 til ca. 100°C. Reaksjonen gjennomføres fortrinnsvis i et egnet inert løsningsmiddel, som et alifatisk, cyklo-alifatisk eller aromatisk hydrokarbon, f.eks. heksan eller The ring closure can take place spontaneously, i.e. during the production of the starting materials, or during heating, e.g. in a temperature range from approx. 30 to approx. 160°C, preferably from approx. 50 to approx. 100°C. The reaction is preferably carried out in a suitable inert solvent, such as an aliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon, e.g. hexane or
benzen, et halogenert hydrokarbon, f.eks. metylenklorid,benzene, a halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g. methylene chloride,
en eter, f.eks. etyleter, et karboksylsyreamid, f.eks. dimetylformamid, et laverealkylsulfoksyd, f.eks. dimetylsulfok-syd eller et laverealkanol, f.eks. metanol, eller i en blanding derav, og om nødvendig, i en inertgass-, f.eks. nitrogen-atmosfære. an ether, e.g. ethyl ether, a carboxylic acid amide, e.g. dimethylformamide, a lower alkyl sulfoxide, e.g. dimethylsulfoxide or a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol, or in a mixture thereof, and if necessary, in an inert gas, e.g. nitrogen atmosphere.
b. Ringslutning av forbindelsen med formel III.b. Cyclization of the compound of formula III.
En organisk forbindelse av 3-verdig fosfor avledes f.eks.An organic compound of 3-valent phosphorus is derived, e.g.
av fosforsyren og er spesielt en ester derav med en laverealkanol, f.eks. metanol eller etanol, og/eller en eventuelt substituert aromatisk hydroksyforbindelse, f.eks. fenol eller pyrokatekin, eller en amidester av den samme med formelen P(OR )„-N(R, )0, hvor R og R, uavhengig av hverandre betyr laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl, eller aryl, f.eks. fenyl. Foretrukne forbindelser av 3-verdig fosfor er trialkylfos-fiter, f.eks. trimetylfosfit eller trietylfosfit. of the phosphoric acid and is especially an ester thereof with a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, and/or an optionally substituted aromatic hydroxy compound, e.g. phenol or pyrocatechin, or an amide ester of the same with the formula P(OR )„-N(R, )0, where R and R, independently of each other, mean lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, or aryl, e.g. phenyl. Preferred compounds of 3-valent phosphorus are trialkyl phosphites, e.g. trimethyl phosphite or triethyl phosphite.
Reaksjonen gjennomføres fortrinnsvis i et inert løsnings-middel, som et aromatisk hydrokarbon, f.eks. benzen eller toluen, en eter, f.eks. dioksan eller tetrahydrofuran, eller et halogenert hydrokarbon, f.eks. metylenklorid eller kloro-form, ved en temperatur fra ca. 20 til ca. 80°C, foretrukket fra ca. 40 til ca. 60°C, hvorved 1 molekvivalent av en forbindelse med formel III omsettes med 2 molekvivalenter av fosforforbindelsen. fortrinnsvis oppløses forbindelsen med formel III i et inert løsningsmiddel og fosforforbindelsen tildryppes, fortrinnsvis oppløst i det samme inerte løsningsmiddel, i løpet av et lengre tidsrom, f.eks. i løpet av et tidsrom på 2-4 timer. The reaction is preferably carried out in an inert solvent, such as an aromatic hydrocarbon, e.g. benzene or toluene, an ether, e.g. dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g. methylene chloride or chloroform, at a temperature from approx. 20 to approx. 80°C, preferably from approx. 40 to approx. 60°C, whereby 1 molar equivalent of a compound of formula III is reacted with 2 molar equivalents of the phosphorus compound. preferably the compound of formula III is dissolved in an inert solvent and the phosphorus compound is added dropwise, preferably dissolved in the same inert solvent, over a longer period of time, e.g. during a period of 2-4 hours.
I en foretrukken utførelsesform av fremgangsmåten, fremstilles utgangsmaterialet med formel III in situ, som beskrevet nedenfor under trinn 1.5, og det omsettes uten isolering fra reaksjonsblandingen med den organiske forbindelsen av 3-verdig fosfor, hvorved sluttproduktene med formel I oppstår . In a preferred embodiment of the method, the starting material of formula III is prepared in situ, as described below under step 1.5, and it is reacted without isolation from the reaction mixture with the organic compound of 3-valent phosphorus, whereby the end products of formula I arise.
Foretrukket anvendes slike utgangsmaterialer med formleneSuch starting materials with the formulas are preferably used
II og III, som fører til forbindelsen med formel I som inn-ledningsvis er nevnt som spesielt foretrukket. II and III, leading to the compound of formula I which is initially mentioned as particularly preferred.
I en oppnåelig forbindelse med formel I, hvor en eller flere funksjonelle grupper er beskyttet, kan disse, f.eks. beskyttede amino-, karboksyl- eller hydroksygrupper, på i og for seg kjent måte frigjøres eventuelt trinnsvis eller samtidig, ved hjelp av solvolyse, spesielt hydrolyse, alkoholyse eller acidolyse, eller ved hjelp av reduksjon, spesielt hydrogenolyse eller kjemisk reduksjon. In an achievable compound of formula I, where one or more functional groups are protected, these can, e.g. protected amino, carboxyl or hydroxy groups, in a manner known per se, are possibly released step by step or simultaneously, by means of solvolysis, especially hydrolysis, alcoholysis or acidolysis, or by means of reduction, especially hydrogenolysis or chemical reduction.
I en forbindelse med formel I som kan oppnås ifølge oppfinnelsen med en beskyttet aminogruppe R., kan denne på In a compound of formula I which can be obtained according to the invention with a protected amino group R., this can on
i og for seg kjent måte, f.eks. avhengig av arten av beskyttelsesgruppe, fortrinnsvis ved hjelp av solvolyse eller reduksjon overføres til den frie aminogruppen R^ . Eksempelvis kan 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonylamino (eventuelt etter omdannelse av en 2-bromlaverealkoksykarbonylamino-gruppe til en 2-jodlaverealkoksykarbonylaminogruppe), aroylmetoksykarbonylamino eller 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino spaltes ved behandling med et egnet kjemisk reduksjonsmiddel, som sink i nærvær av en egnet karboksylsyre, som vandig eddiksyre, eller katalytisk med hydrogen i nærvær av en palladiumkatalysator. Aroylmetoksykarbonylamino kan også spaltes ved behandling med et nukleofilt, fortrinnsvis saltdannende reagens, som natriumtiofenolat, og 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino også spaltes ved behandling med et alkalimetall-, f.eks. natriumditionitt. Eventuelt substituert benzyloksykarbonylamino kan f.eks. spaltes ved hydrogenolyse, dvs. ved behandling med hydrogen i nærvær av en egnet hydreringskatalysator, som en palladiumkatalysator, og allyloksykarbonylamino, ved omsetning med en forbindelse av palladium, f.eks. tetrakis(trifenylfosfin)palladium, i nærvær av trifenylfosfin og behandling med en karboksylsyre, f.eks. 2-etylheksansyre, eller et salt derav. En aminogruppe som er beskyttet med en organisk silyl- eller stanyl- in and of itself known way, e.g. depending on the nature of the protecting group, preferably by means of solvolysis or reduction is transferred to the free amino group R^ . For example, 2-halolower oxycarbonylamino (possibly after conversion of a 2-bromolower oxycarbonylamino group to a 2-iodolower oxycarbonylamino group), aroylmethoxycarbonylamino or 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino can be cleaved by treatment with a suitable chemical reducing agent, such as zinc in the presence of a suitable carboxylic acid, such as aqueous acetic acid, or catalytically with hydrogen in the presence of a palladium catalyst. Aroylmethoxycarbonylamino can also be cleaved by treatment with a nucleophilic, preferably salt-forming reagent, such as sodium thiophenolate, and 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino can also be cleaved by treatment with an alkali metal, e.g. sodium dithionite. Optionally substituted benzyloxycarbonylamino can e.g. is split by hydrogenolysis, i.e. by treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a suitable hydrogenation catalyst, such as a palladium catalyst, and allyloxycarbonylamino, by reaction with a compound of palladium, e.g. tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, in the presence of triphenylphosphine and treatment with a carboxylic acid, e.g. 2-ethylhexanoic acid, or a salt thereof. An amino group protected with an organic silyl or stanyl
gruppe, kan frigjøres f.eks. ved hjelp av hydrolyse eller alkoholyse, en aminogruppe som er beskyttet med et 2-halogen - laverealkanoyl, f.eks. 2-kloracetyl, kan frigjøres ved behandling med tiourea i nærvær av en base eller med et tiolatsalt, som et alkalimetalltiolat, av tiourea og påfølgende solvolyse, som alkoholyse eller hydrolyse av det oppståtte kondensasjonsproduktet. En aminogruppe som er beskyttet med 2-substituert silyletoksykarbonyl, kan overføres til den frie aminogruppen ved behandling med et salt av fluorhydrogensyre som avgir et fluoridanion, som et alkalimetallfluorid, f.eks. natriumfluorid, i nærvær av en makrocyklisk polyeter ("Kroneneter") eller et fluorid av en organisk kvaternær base, som tetralaverealkylammoniumfluorid, f.eks. tetraetylammoniumfluorid. En aminogruppe som er beskyttet i form av en azido- eller nitrogruppe, overføres til fri amino f.eks. ved reduksjon, eksempelvis ved katalytisk hydrering med hydrogen i nærvær av en hydreringskatalysator som platinaoksyd eller palladium eller ved behandling med sink i nærvær av en syre, som eddiksyre. group, can be released e.g. by means of hydrolysis or alcoholysis, an amino group protected with a 2-halogen - lower alkanoyl, e.g. 2-chloroacetyl, can be liberated by treatment with thiourea in the presence of a base or with a thiolate salt, such as an alkali metal thiolate, of thiourea and subsequent solvolysis, such as alcoholysis or hydrolysis of the resulting condensation product. An amino group protected by 2-substituted silylethoxycarbonyl can be transferred to the free amino group by treatment with a salt of hydrofluoric acid which gives off a fluoride anion, such as an alkali metal fluoride, e.g. sodium fluoride, in the presence of a macrocyclic polyether ("crown ether") or a fluoride of an organic quaternary base, such as tetralower alkylammonium fluoride, e.g. tetraethylammonium fluoride. An amino group that is protected in the form of an azido or nitro group is transferred to free amino, e.g. by reduction, for example by catalytic hydrogenation with hydrogen in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst such as platinum oxide or palladium or by treatment with zinc in the presence of an acid, such as acetic acid.
En aminogruppe som er beskyttet i form av en ftalimidogruppe kan overføres til den frie aminogruppen ved omsetning med hydrazin. Videre kan en aryltioaminogruppe omdannes til amino ved behandling med et nukleofilt reagens, som svovel-syrling . An amino group that is protected in the form of a phthalimido group can be transferred to the free amino group by reaction with hydrazine. Furthermore, an arylthioamino group can be converted to amino by treatment with a nucleophilic reagent, such as sulfuric acid.
Videre kan en fri aminogruppe på i og for seg kjent måte overføres til en substituert aminogruppe. Således kan eksempelvis amino ved omsetning med et tilsvarende acyl-halogenid, som -klorid, overføres til acylamino R^ og med en B-dikarbonylforbindelse, som et 1-laverealkanoyl-aceton eller en aceteddiksyre-laverealkylester overføres til 1-laverealkanoyl- hhv. Omdannelsen av aminogrupper til ami-diono-, guanidino-, isourea-, isotiourea-, imidoeter- og imidotioetergrupper kan eksempelvis gjennomføres ifølge de fremgangsmåter som er omtalt i DE off. skrift nr. 2652679. Således kan eksempelvis forbindelser med formel I, hvor R^er amino, ved omsetning med trimetylsilylklorid og et imidohalogenid med formelen /Jx yY^) C=X^/ Y ? , hvor betyr halogen, f.eks. klor, og Y^ betyr et anion, f.eks. klorid, overføres til amidiner og ved omsetning med substituert isourea hhv. isotiourea med formelen (X^-^OX,,, hvor Y^betyr laverealkoksy eller laverealkyltio, overføres til guanidiner. Videre kan en fri aminogruppe overføres til en aminogruppe som er mono- eller disubstituert med laverealkyl. Innføringen av laverealkylgrupper foregår eksempelvis ved omsetning med tilsvarende reaksjonsdyktige laverealkylestere, som -halogenider, f.eks. klorider eller -bromider, eller -sulfonater, f.eks. -metan- eller -p-toluen-sulfonater, i nærvær av et basisk kondensasjonsmiddel, som et alkali- eller jordalkalimetall-hydroksyd eller -karbonat, f.eks. kaliumhydroksyd eller natriumkarbo-nat, i et inert løsningsmiddel, som en laverealkanol, ved romtemperatur eller forhøyet eller senket temperatur, f.eks. ved ca. -20 til +80°C. Furthermore, a free amino group can be transferred to a substituted amino group in a manner known per se. Thus, for example, amino by reaction with a corresponding acyl halide, such as -chloride, can be transferred to acylamino R^ and with a B-dicarbonyl compound, such as a 1-lower alkanoyl acetone or an acetoacetic acid lower alkyl ester transferred to 1-lower alkanoyl, respectively. The conversion of amino groups into amide-diono, guanidino, isourea, isothiourea, imidoether and imidothioether groups can, for example, be carried out according to the methods described in DE off. publication no. 2652679. Thus, for example, compounds of formula I, where R^ is amino, by reaction with trimethylsilyl chloride and an imido halide with the formula /Jx yY^) C=X^/ Y ? , where means halogen, e.g. chlorine, and Y^ means an anion, e.g. chloride, are transferred to amidines and by reaction with substituted isourea or isothioureas with the formula (X^-^OX,,, where Y^ means lower alkoxy or lower alkylthio, are transferred to guanidines. Furthermore, a free amino group can be transferred to an amino group that is mono- or disubstituted with lower alkyl. The introduction of lower alkyl groups takes place, for example, by reaction with correspondingly reactive lower alkyl esters, such as -halides, e.g. chlorides or -bromides, or -sulfonates, e.g. -methane- or -p-toluene-sulfonates, in the presence of a basic condensing agent, such as an alkali or alkaline earth metal- hydroxide or carbonate, eg potassium hydroxide or sodium carbonate, in an inert solvent, such as a lower alkanol, at room temperature or elevated or lowered temperature, eg at about -20 to +80°C.
I en forbindelse med formel I som kan oppnås ifølge oppfinnelsen, hvor R2betyr en beskyttet karboksylgruppe R^, kan karboksylgruppen frigjøres på i og for seg kjent måte. In a compound of formula I which can be obtained according to the invention, where R 2 means a protected carboxyl group R 1 , the carboxyl group can be released in a manner known per se.
Således kan tert.-laverealkoksykarbonyl eller laverealkoksykarbonyl som er substituert i 2-stilling med en trisubstituert silylgruppe eller i 1-stilling med laverealkoksy eller eventuelt substituert difenylmetoksykarbonyl, overføres til fri karboksyl f.eks. ved behandling med en karboksylsyre, som maursyre eller trifluoreddiksyre, eventuelt under tilsetning av en nukleofil forbindelse, som fenol eller anisol. Eventuelt substituert benzyloksykarbonyl kan spaltes f.eks. ved hydrogenolyse, dvs. behandling med hydrogen i nærvær av en metallisk hydreringskatalysator, som en palladiumkatalysator. Videre kan egnet substituert benzyloksykarbonyl, som 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl, også overføres til fri karboksyl ved hjelp av kjemisk reduksjon, f.eks. Thus, tert.-lower alkoxycarbonyl or lower alkoxycarbonyl which is substituted in the 2-position with a trisubstituted silyl group or in the 1-position with lower alkoxy or optionally substituted diphenylmethoxycarbonyl can be transferred to free carboxyl, e.g. by treatment with a carboxylic acid, such as formic acid or trifluoroacetic acid, optionally with the addition of a nucleophilic compound, such as phenol or anisole. Optionally substituted benzyloxycarbonyl can be cleaved e.g. by hydrogenolysis, i.e. treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a metallic hydrogenation catalyst, such as a palladium catalyst. Furthermore, suitable substituted benzyloxycarbonyl, such as 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, can also be transferred to free carboxyl by means of chemical reduction, e.g.
ved behandling med et alkalimetall-, f.eks. natriumditionit, eller med et reduserende metall, f.eks. tinn, eller metall- by treatment with an alkali metal, e.g. sodium dithionite, or with a reducing metal, e.g. tin, or metal
salt, som et krom-II-salt, f.eks. krom-II-klorid, vanligvis i nærvær av et hydrogen-avgivende middel, som sammen med metallet kan frembringe nacerende hydrogen, som en egnet karboksylsyre, f.eks. en laverealkankarboksylsyre som eventuelt er substituert, f.eks. med hydroksy, f.eks. eddiksyre, maursyre eller glykolsyre, eller en alkohol eller tiol, hvorved det fortrinnsvis tilsettes vann. Avspaltningen av en allyl beskyttelsesgruppe kan f.eks. foregå ved omsetning med en forbindelse av palladium, f.eks. tetrakis(tri-fenylf osf in ) palladiu , i nærvær av trifenylfosfin og under tilsetning av en karboksylsyre, f.eks. 2-etylheksansyre, eller et salt derav. Ved behandling med et reduserende metall eller et reduserende metallsalt, som ovenfor beskrevet, kan også 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl (evt. etter omdannelse av en 2-bromlaverealkoksykarbonylgruppe til en tilsvarende 2-jodlaverealkoksykarbonylgruppe) eller aroylmetoksykarbonyl omdannes til fri karboksyl, hvorved aroyl-metoksykarbonylo likeledes kan spaltes ved behandling med et nukleofilt, fortrinnsvis saltdannende reagens, som natriumtiofenolat eller natriumjodid. Substituert 2-silyletoksykarbonyl kan også overføres til fri karboksyl ved behandling med et salt av fluorhydrogensyre som avgir fluoridanion, som et alkalimetallfluorid, f.eks. natriumfluorid, i nærvær av en makrocyklisk polyeter ("Kroneeter") eller med et fluorid av en organisk kvaternær base, som tetralaverealkylammoniumfluorid, f.eks. tetrabutylammoniumfluorid. Karboksyl som er forestret med en organisk silyl- eller stanylgruppe, som trilaverealkylsilyl eller -stannyl, kan frigjøres på vanlig måte solvolytisk, f.eks. ved behandling med vann eller en alkohol. En laverealkoksy-karbonylgruppe som er substituert i 2-stilling med laverealkylsulfonyl eller cyano, kan f.eks. overføres i fri karboksyl ved behandling med et basisk middel, som et alkalimetall- eller jordalkalimetallhydrazid eller -karbonat, f.eks. natrium- eller kaliumhydroksyd, eller natrium-eller kaliumkarbonat. salt, such as a chromium II salt, e.g. chromium II chloride, usually in the presence of a hydrogen-donating agent, which together with the metal can produce nascent hydrogen, such as a suitable carboxylic acid, e.g. a lower alkane carboxylic acid which is optionally substituted, e.g. with hydroxy, e.g. acetic acid, formic acid or glycolic acid, or an alcohol or thiol, whereby water is preferably added. The removal of an allyl protecting group can e.g. take place by reaction with a compound of palladium, e.g. tetrakis(tri-phenylphosphine) palladium, in the presence of triphenylphosphine and with the addition of a carboxylic acid, e.g. 2-ethylhexanoic acid, or a salt thereof. By treatment with a reducing metal or a reducing metal salt, as described above, 2-halo-lower oxycarbonyl (possibly after conversion of a 2-bromo-lower oxycarbonyl group to a corresponding 2-iodo-lower oxycarbonyl group) or aroylmethoxycarbonyl can also be converted to free carboxyl, whereby aroyl-methoxycarbonyl can likewise is cleaved by treatment with a nucleophilic, preferably salt-forming reagent, such as sodium thiophenolate or sodium iodide. Substituted 2-silylethoxycarbonyl can also be converted to free carboxyl by treatment with a salt of hydrofluoric acid which releases fluoride anion, such as an alkali metal fluoride, e.g. sodium fluoride, in the presence of a macrocyclic polyether ("crown ether") or with a fluoride of an organic quaternary base, such as tetralower alkylammonium fluoride, e.g. tetrabutylammonium fluoride. Carboxyl which is esterified with an organic silyl or stannyl group, such as trilower alkylsilyl or -stannyl, can be liberated in the usual way solvolytically, e.g. by treatment with water or an alcohol. A lower alkoxycarbonyl group which is substituted in the 2-position with lower alkylsulfonyl or cyano, can e.g. is transferred into the free carboxyl by treatment with a basic agent, such as an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydrazide or carbonate, e.g. sodium or potassium hydroxide, or sodium or potassium carbonate.
I forbindelser med formel I som kan fremstilles ifølge opp finnelsen, hvor resten R, er substituert med beskyttet hydroksy, kan den beskyttede hydroksygruppen på i og for seg kjent måte overføres til den frie hydroksygruppen. Eksempelvis frigjøres en hydroksygruppe som er beskyttet med en egnet acylgruppe eller en organisk silyl- eller stannyl-gruppe, som en tilsvarende beskyttet aminogruppe, en tri-laverealkylsilylgruppe f.eks. med tetrabutylammoniumfluorid og eddiksyre (under disse betingelser spaltes ikke karboksylgrupper som er beskyttet med trisubstituerte silyletyl-grupper). En 2-halogenlaverealkylgruppe og en eventuelt substituert benzylgruppe avspaltes reduktivt. På den annen side kan også forbindelser med formel I hvor R^betyr karboksy, overføres til forbindelser med formel I, hvor R^ utgjør en beskyttet karboksylgruppe R^, spesielt en forestret karboksylgruppe RJ,, og i første rekke en forestret karboksylgruppe som er spaltbar under fysiologiske betingelser. Således kan den frie karboksylgruppen forestres f.eks. ved behandling med en egnet diazoforbindelse, som et diazolaverealkan,f.eks. diazometan, eller et fenyldiazolav-erealkan, f.eks. difenyldiazometan, om nødvendig i nærvær av en Lewis-syre, som f.eks. bortrifluorid, eller ved omsetning med en alkohol som er egnet til forestring i nærvær av et forestringsmiddel, som et karbodiimid, f.eks. dicykloheksylkarbodiimid, såvel som karbonyldiimidazol. Estere kan også fremstilles ved omsetning av et salt av syren som eventuelt er fremstilt in situ, med en reaksjonsdyktig ester av en alkohol, og en sterk, uorganisk syre, som svovelsyre, eller en sterk, organisk sulfonsyre, som 4-toluensulfonsyre. Videre kan syrehalogenider, som klorider (fremstilt f.eks. ved behanlding med oxalylklorid), aktiverte estere, (dannet f.eks. med N-hydroksynitrogenforbindelser, som N-hydroksy-succinimid) eller blandede anhydrider (oppnådd f.eks. med halogenmaursyre-laverealkylestere, som klormaursyreetyl-eller klormaursyre isobutylester, eller med halogeneddiksyre-halogenider, som trikloreddiksyreklorid), ved omsetning med alkoholer, eventuelt i nærvær av en base, som pyridin, overføres til en forestret karboksylgruppe. In compounds of formula I which can be prepared according to the invention, where the radical R, is substituted with protected hydroxy, the protected hydroxy group can be transferred in a manner known per se to the free hydroxy group. For example, a hydroxy group that is protected with a suitable acyl group or an organic silyl or stannyl group is released, as a correspondingly protected amino group, a tri-lower alkylsilyl group, e.g. with tetrabutylammonium fluoride and acetic acid (under these conditions carboxyl groups protected by trisubstituted silylethyl groups are not cleaved). A 2-halogen lower alkyl group and an optionally substituted benzyl group are cleaved off reductively. On the other hand, compounds of formula I where R^ denotes carboxy can also be transferred to compounds of formula I, where R^ constitutes a protected carboxyl group R^, in particular an esterified carboxyl group RJ, and primarily an esterified carboxyl group that is cleavable under physiological conditions. Thus, the free carboxyl group can be esterified, e.g. by treatment with a suitable diazo compound, such as a diazole veralkane, e.g. diazomethane, or a phenyldiazolav-erealkane, e.g. diphenyldiazomethane, if necessary in the presence of a Lewis acid, such as e.g. boron trifluoride, or by reaction with an alcohol suitable for esterification in the presence of an esterification agent, such as a carbodiimide, e.g. dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, as well as carbonyldiimidazole. Esters can also be produced by reacting a salt of the acid, possibly produced in situ, with a reactive ester of an alcohol, and a strong, inorganic acid, such as sulfuric acid, or a strong, organic sulfonic acid, such as 4-toluenesulfonic acid. Furthermore, acid halides, such as chlorides (prepared e.g. by treatment with oxalyl chloride), activated esters, (formed e.g. with N-hydroxynitrogen compounds, such as N-hydroxy-succinimide) or mixed anhydrides (obtained e.g. with haloformic acid) -lower alkyl esters, such as chloroformate ethyl or chloroformate isobutyl ester, or with haloacetic acid halides, such as trichloroacetic acid chloride), by reaction with alcohols, possibly in the presence of a base, such as pyridine, are transferred to an esterified carboxyl group.
I en forbindelse med formel I med en forestret karboksylgruppe Ri,, kan denne overføres til en annen forestret karboksylgruppe R^, f.eks. 2-kloretoksykarbonyl eller 2-brometoksykarbonyl ved behandling med et jodsalt, f.eks. natriumjodid, til 2-jodetoksykarbonyl. Videre kan i forbindelser med formel I som inneholder en karboksylgruppe R^ som er beskyttet i forestret form, karboksylbeskyttelsesgruppen avspaltes som ovenfor beskrevet og en oppnådd forbindelse med formel I med en fri karboksylgruppe eller et salt derav, ved omsetning med den reaksjonsdyktige esteren av en tilsvarende alkohol overføres til en forbindelse med formel I, hvor R^er en forestret karboksylgruppe som er spaltbar under fysiologiske betingelser. In a compound of formula I with an esterified carboxyl group Ri, this can be transferred to another esterified carboxyl group R^, e.g. 2-chloroethoxycarbonyl or 2-bromomethoxycarbonyl by treatment with an iodine salt, e.g. sodium iodide, to 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl. Furthermore, in compounds of formula I containing a carboxyl group R^ which is protected in esterified form, the carboxyl protecting group can be cleaved off as described above and a compound of formula I obtained with a free carboxyl group or a salt thereof, by reaction with the reactive ester of a corresponding alcohol is transferred to a compound of formula I, where R^ is an esterified carboxyl group which is cleavable under physiological conditions.
Salter av forbindelser med formel I med saltdannende grupper kan fremstilles på i og for seg kjent måte. Således kan det dannes salter av forbindelser med formel I med den frie karboksylgruppe R^f.eks. ved behandling med metallforbind-elser, som alkalimetallsalter av egnede organiske karboksyl-syrer, f.eks. natriumsaltet av a-etylkapronsyre, eller med uorganiske alkali- eller jordalkalimetallsalter, f.eks. natriumhydrogenkarbonat, eller med ammoniakk eller med et egnet organisk amin, hvorved det fortrinnsvis anvendes stø-kiometriske mengder eller bare et lite overskudd av det saltdannende midlet. Syreaddisjonssaltaer av forbindelser med formel I oppnås på vanlig måte, f.eks. ved behandling med en egnet syre, eller et egnet ionevekslerreagens. Salts of compounds of formula I with salt-forming groups can be prepared in a manner known per se. Thus, salts can be formed of compounds of formula I with the free carboxyl group R^, e.g. by treatment with metal compounds, such as alkali metal salts of suitable organic carboxylic acids, e.g. the sodium salt of α-ethylcaproic acid, or with inorganic alkali or alkaline earth metal salts, e.g. sodium hydrogen carbonate, or with ammonia or with a suitable organic amine, whereby stoichiometric amounts or only a small excess of the salt-forming agent are preferably used. Acid addition salts of compounds of formula I are obtained in the usual way, e.g. by treatment with a suitable acid, or a suitable ion exchange reagent.
Indre salter av forbindelser med formel I kan f.eks. dannes ved nøytralisering av salter, som syreaddisjonssalter, på det isoelektriske punktet, f.eks. med svake baser, eller ved behandling med ionevekslere. Inner salts of compounds of formula I can e.g. is formed by neutralization of salts, such as acid addition salts, at the isoelectric point, e.g. with weak bases, or when treated with ion exchangers.
Salter kan på vanlig måte overføres til de frie forbindelsene, metall- og ammoniumsalter, f.eks. ved behandling med egnede syrer, og syreaddisjonssalter, f.eks. ved behandling med et egnet basisk middel. Salts can be transferred in the usual way to the free compounds, metal and ammonium salts, e.g. by treatment with suitable acids and acid addition salts, e.g. by treatment with a suitable basic agent.
Oppnådde blandinger av isomerer kan oppdeles i de enkelte isomerene ved hjelp av i og for seg kjente metoder, blandinger av diastereomere isomerer f.eks. ved fraksjonert krys-tillasjon, adsorbsjonskromatografi (kolonne- eller tynn-sjiktskromatografi) eller andre egnede skillefremgangsmåter. Obtained mixtures of isomers can be divided into the individual isomers using methods known per se, mixtures of diastereomeric isomers e.g. by fractional crystallization, adsorption chromatography (column or thin-layer chromatography) or other suitable separation methods.
Spaltingen av oppnådde racemater i deres optiske antipoder kan foregå på forskjellige måter. En av disse fremgangsmåter består i at et racemat omsettes med et optisk aktivt hjelpestoff, den derved oppnådde blanding av to diastereomere forbindelser skilles ved hjelp av egnede fysikalisk-kjemiske metoder,., og de enkelte diastereomere forbindelsene spaltes så i de optisk aktive forbindelsene. The cleavage of the obtained racemates into their optical antipodes can take place in different ways. One of these methods consists in reacting a racemate with an optically active auxiliary substance, the resulting mixture of two diastereomeric compounds is separated using suitable physico-chemical methods, and the individual diastereomeric compounds are then split into the optically active compounds.
Racemater som er spesielt egnet for oppdeling i antipoder,Racemates that are particularly suitable for division into antipodes,
er slike, som har en sur gruppe, som f.eks. racemater av forbindelser med formel I, hvor R^ er karboksy. Disse sure racemater kan omsettes med optisk aktive baser, f.eks. estere av optisk aktive aminosyrer, eller (-)-brucin, (+)-kinidin, (-)-kinin, (+)-kinchonin, (+)-dehydroabietylamin, ( + )- og (-)-efedrin, (+)- og (-)-1-fenyletylamin eller deres N-mono- eller N,N-dialkylerte derivater til blandinger, bestående av to diastereomere salter. are those that have an acidic group, such as e.g. racemates of compounds of formula I, wherein R 1 is carboxy. These acidic racemates can be reacted with optically active bases, e.g. esters of optically active amino acids, or (-)-brucine, (+)-quinidine, (-)-quinine, (+)-quinchonine, (+)-dehydroabiethylamine, ( + )- and (-)-ephedrine, (+ )- and (-)-1-phenylethylamine or their N-mono- or N,N-dialkylated derivatives to mixtures, consisting of two diastereomeric salts.
I karboksylgruppen inneholdende racemater, kan denne karboksylgruppe også være forestret eller forestres med en optisk aktive alkohol, som (-)-mentol, (+)-borneol, (+)- eller (-)-2-oktanol, hvorpå karboksylgruppen frigjøres etter gjen-nomført isolering av den ønskede diastereomer. In the carboxyl group containing racemates, this carboxyl group can also be esterified or esterified with an optically active alcohol, such as (-)-menthol, (+)-borneol, (+)- or (-)-2-octanol, whereupon the carboxyl group is released after re - achieved isolation of the desired diastereomer.
For racemat adskillelse, kan også hydroksygruppen forestres med optisk aktive syrer eller deres reaksjonsdyktige, funksjonelle derivater, hvorved det dannes diastereomere iestere. Slike syrer er eksempelvis (-)-abietinsyre, D( + )- og L(- )-eplesyre, N-acylert, optisk aktiv aminosyre, (+)- og (-)-kamfansyre, (+)- og (-)-ketopinsyre, L-(+)-askorbinsyre, (+)-kamfersyre, (+)-kamfer-10-sulfonsyre (3), (+)- eller ( - )-a-bromkamf er-TT-sulf onsyre , D ( - )-kinasyre, D ( - )-isoaskor- binsyre, D(-)- og L(+)-mandelsyre, (+)-1-mentoksyeddiksyre, D(-)- og L(+)-vinsyre og deres di-O-benzoyl- og di-O-p-to-luylderivater. For racemate separation, the hydroxy group can also be esterified with optically active acids or their reactive, functional derivatives, whereby diastereomeric esters are formed. Such acids are, for example (-)-abietic acid, D( + )- and L(- )-malic acid, N-acylated, optically active amino acid, (+)- and (-)-camphanic acid, (+)- and (-) -ketopic acid, L-(+)-ascorbic acid, (+)-camphoric acid, (+)-camphor-10-sulfonic acid (3), (+)- or ( - )-a-bromocamphor-TT-sulfonic acid, D ( - )-quinic acid, D ( - )-isoascorbic acid, D(-)- and L(+)-mandelic acid, (+)-1-menthoxyacetic acid, D(-)- and L(+)-tartaric acid and their di-O-benzoyl and di-O-p-to-luyl derivs.
Ved omsetning med optisk aktive isocyanater, som med (+)-eller (-)-1-fenyletylisocyanat, kan forbindelser med formel (I), hvor R- betyr beskyttet karboksy og laverealkyl som er substituert med hydroksy, omdannes til en blanding av diastereomere uretaner. By reaction with optically active isocyanates, such as with (+)- or (-)-1-phenylethyl isocyanate, compounds of formula (I), where R- means protected carboxy and lower alkyl substituted by hydroxy, can be converted into a mixture of diastereomers urethanes.
Basiske racemater, f.eks. forbindelser med formel I, hvor resten R^er en aminogruppe, kan danne diastereomere salter med de nevnte optisk aktive syrer. Basic racemates, e.g. compounds of formula I, where the residue R 1 is an amino group, can form diastereomeric salts with the aforementioned optically active acids.
Spaltingen av de oppdelte diastereomerene i de optisk aktive forbindelsene med formel I, foregår likeledes ved hjelp av vanlige metoder. Fra saltene befris syrene eller basene f.eks. ved behandling med sterkere syrer hhv. baser enn de opprinnelig anvendte. Fra estrene og uretanene oppnås de ønskede optisk aktive forbindelsene eksempelvis etter alkalisk hydrolyse eller etter reduksjon med et komplekst hydrid, som litiumaluminiumhydrid. The cleavage of the separated diastereomers in the optically active compounds of formula I also takes place using usual methods. The acids or bases are freed from the salts, e.g. when treated with stronger acids or bases than those originally used. From the esters and urethanes, the desired optically active compounds are obtained, for example, after alkaline hydrolysis or after reduction with a complex hydride, such as lithium aluminum hydride.
Ytterligere en metode for oppdeling av racematene, bestårA further method of dividing the racemates, consists
i kromatografi på optisk aktive absorbsjonssjikt, eksempelvis på rørsukker. in chromatography on optically active absorption layers, for example on cane sugar.
Etter en 3. metode, kan racematene oppløses i optisk aktive løsningsmidler og den tyngst løselige optiske antipode utkrystalliseres . According to a 3rd method, the racemates can be dissolved in optically active solvents and the most soluble optical antipode is crystallized.
Ved en 4. metode benyttes de forskjellige reaksjonsdyktig-hetene til de optiske antipodene overfor biologisk materiale som mikroorganismer eller isolerte enzymer. Ifølge en 5. metode, oppløses racematet og en av de optiske antipodene utkrystalliseres ved tilsetning av en liten mengde optisk aktivt produkt som er oppnådd ifølge en av de ovenstående In a 4th method, the different reactivity of the optical antipodes to biological material such as microorganisms or isolated enzymes is used. According to a 5th method, the racemate is dissolved and one of the optical antipodes is crystallized by adding a small amount of optically active product obtained according to one of the above
metoder.methods.
Oppdelingen av diastereomerer i de enkelte racematene og racematene i de optiske antipodene kan gjennomføres på et fritt valgt fremgangsmåtetrinn, dvs. f.eks. på trinnet for utgangsforbindelsene med formlene II eller III, eller på The separation of diastereomers in the individual racemates and the racemates in the optical antipodes can be carried out in a freely chosen method step, i.e. e.g. on the step for the starting compounds of formulas II or III, or on
et fritt valgt trinn i de nedenfor beskrevne fremgangsmåtene for fremstilling av utgangsforbindelsene med formel II. a freely chosen step in the methods described below for preparing the starting compounds of formula II.
Ved alle forbindelser med formel I som oppnåd ved hjelpIn all compounds of formula I as obtained by
av de etterfølgende omdannelsene, foretrekkes slike reak-sjoner, som foregår under nøytrale eller alkaliske betingelser . of the subsequent conversions, such reactions are preferred which take place under neutral or alkaline conditions.
Fremgangsmåten omfatter også slike utførelsesformer, hvor-etter forbindelser som utfaller som mellomprodukter, anvendes som utgangsstoffer, og de gjenværende fremgangsmåtetrinn gjennomføres med disse, eller fremgangsmåten avbrytes på The method also includes such embodiments, after which compounds resulting as intermediates are used as starting materials, and the remaining method steps are carried out with these, or the method is interrupted at
et hvilket som helst trinn. Videre kan utgangsstoffer anvendes i form av derivater eller dannes in situ, evt. under reaksjonsbetingelsene. Eksempelvis kan et utgangsmateriale med formel II, hvor Z er oksygen, fremstilles in situ fra en forbindelse med formel II, hvor Z er en eventuelt substituert metylidengruppe som beskrevet i det etterfølg-ende, ved ozonisering og påfølgende reduksjon av det dannede ozonid, analogt med den lenger nedenfor angitte fremgangsmåte, (trinn 2.3), hvorpå ringslutningen til forbindelsen med formel I foregår i reaksjonsløsningen. any step. Furthermore, starting substances can be used in the form of derivatives or formed in situ, possibly under the reaction conditions. For example, a starting material of formula II, where Z is oxygen, can be prepared in situ from a compound of formula II, where Z is an optionally substituted methylidene group as described below, by ozonization and subsequent reduction of the formed ozonide, analogously to the method further below, (step 2.3), after which the ring closure to the compound of formula I takes place in the reaction solution.
Utgangsforbindelsene med formlene II og III og de foran gående trinnene, kan fremstilles som angitt i reaksjons-skjemaene I og II: The starting compounds with the formulas II and III and the preceding steps can be prepared as indicated in the reaction schemes I and II:
Reaksjonsskjerna 1. Reaction nucleus 1.
I forbindelsene med formlene IV, VI, VII og II<1>er Z' oksygen, svovel eller også en metylidengruppe som eventuelt er substituert med en eller to substituenter Y, som kan overføres til en oksogruppe Z ved oksydasjon. En substituent Y i denne metylidengruppe er en organisk rest, eksempelvis eventuelt substituert laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl eller etyl, cykloalkyl, f.eks. cyklopentyl eller cykloheksyl, fenyl eller fenyllaverealky1, f.eks. benzyl, eller spesielt en karboksylgruppe som er forestret med en optisk aktiv alkohol, som 1-menton, f.eks. en av de under R2nevnte eventuelt substituerte laverealkoksykarbonyl- eller arylmetoksy-karbonylrester, eller også 1-mentyloksykarbonyl. Metyliden-gruppen Z' har foretrukket en av de nevnte substituenter. Fremheves skal metoksykarbonyl metyliden- og etoksykarbonyl-metylidengruppen. In the compounds of the formulas IV, VI, VII and II<1>, Z' is oxygen, sulfur or also a methylidene group which is optionally substituted with one or two substituents Y, which can be transferred to an oxo group Z by oxidation. A substituent Y in this methylidene group is an organic residue, for example optionally substituted lower alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, cycloalkyl, e.g. cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, phenyl or phenyl lower alkyl, e.g. benzyl, or especially a carboxyl group which is esterified with an optically active alcohol, such as 1-menthone, e.g. one of the optionally substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl or arylmethoxycarbonyl residues mentioned under R2, or also 1-menthyloxycarbonyl. The methylidene group Z' has preferred one of the aforementioned substituents. Emphasis should be placed on the methoxycarbonyl methylidene and ethoxycarbonyl methylidene groups.
I forbindelsene med formlene IV til VIII såvel som II<1>inneholder resten foretrukket en av de nevnte beskyttede hydroksygruppene, f.eks. eventuelt substituert 1-fenyllaverealkoksy, eventuelt substituert fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyloksy eller trisubstituert silyloksy, og en fri aminogruppe R^foreligger foretrukket i beskyttet form. In the compounds with formulas IV to VIII as well as II<1>, the residue preferably contains one of the aforementioned protected hydroxy groups, e.g. optionally substituted 1-phenyllower oxy, optionally substituted phenyllower oxycarbonyloxy or trisubstituted silyloxy, and a free amino group R^ is preferably present in protected form.
Trinn 1. 1: Et tio-azetidinon med formel IV oppnås ved atStep 1. 1: A thio-azetidinone of formula IV is obtained by
et 4-W-azetinon med formel V, hvor W betyr en nukleofug avgangsgruppe, behandles med en merkaptoforbindelse med formelen a 4-W-azetinon of the formula V, where W means a nucleofugic leaving group, is treated with a mercapto compound of the formula
eller et salt, f.eks. et alkalimetall-, som natrium- eller kaliumsalt derav, og om ønsket, overføres i en oppnåelig forbindelse med formel IV, hvor R^er laverealkyl som er substituert med hydroksy, hydroksy til beskyttet hydroksy. or a salt, e.g. an alkali metal-, such as a sodium or potassium salt thereof, and if desired, is transferred into an obtainable compound of formula IV, where R^ is lower alkyl substituted with hydroxy, hydroxy to protected hydroxy.
Den nukleofuge avgangsgruppe W i et utgangsmateriale med formel V, er en med den nukleofile resten The nucleofuge leaving group W in a starting material of formula V is one with the nucleophilic residue
R3-A-C(=Z')-S- R3-A-C(=Z')-S-
erstattbar rest. Slike grupper W er eksepelvis acyloksy-rester, sulfonylrester Ro-S02-, hvor Rq er en organisk rest, azido eller halogen. I en acyloksyrest W er acyl f.eks. resten av en organisk karboksylsyre, inkludert en optisk aktiv karboksylsyre, og betyr eksempelvis laverealkanoyl, f.eks. acetyl eller propionyl, evt. substituert benzoyl, f.eks. benzoyl eller 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, fenyllaverealkanoyl f.eks. fenylacetyl, eller acylresten fra en av de ovenfor nevnte optisk aktive syrer. I en sulfonylrest RQ-S02- er replaceable remainder. Such groups W are, for example, acyloxy residues, sulfonyl residues Ro-SO2-, where Rq is an organic residue, azido or halogen. In an acyloxy acid residue W, acyl is e.g. the residue of an organic carboxylic acid, including an optically active carboxylic acid, and means, for example, lower alkanoyl, e.g. acetyl or propionyl, optionally substituted benzoyl, e.g. benzoyl or 2,4-dinitrobenzoyl, phenyl laveralkanoyl e.g. phenylacetyl, or the acyl residue from one of the optically active acids mentioned above. In a sulfonyl residue RQ-SO2- is
Rq eksempelvis laverealkyl som eventuelt er substituert med hydroksy, som metyl, etyl eller 2-hydroksyetyl, videre også tilsvarende substituert optisk aktiv laverealkyl, f.eks. Rq is, for example, lower alkyl which is optionally substituted with hydroxy, such as methyl, ethyl or 2-hydroxyethyl, also correspondingly substituted optically active lower alkyl, e.g.
(2R)- eller ("S)-l-hydroksyprop-2-yl, metyl som er substituert med en optisk aktiv rest, som kamferyl, eller benzyl, eller eventuelt substituert fenyl, som fenyl, 4-bromfenyl eller 4-metylfenyl. En halogenrest W er f.eks. brom, jod eller spesielt klor. W er foretrukket metyl- eller 2-hyd-roksyetylsulfonyl, acetoksy eller klor. (2R)- or ("S)-1-hydroxyprop-2-yl, methyl which is substituted with an optically active residue, such as campheryl, or benzyl, or optionally substituted phenyl, such as phenyl, 4-bromophenyl or 4-methylphenyl. A halogen residue W is, for example, bromine, iodine or especially chlorine. W is preferably methyl or 2-hydroxyethylsulfonyl, acetoxy or chlorine.
Den nukleofile substitusjonen kan gjennomføres under nøy-trale eller svakt basiske betingelser i nærvær av vann og eventuelt et med vann blandbart organisk løsningsmiddel. The nucleophilic substitution can be carried out under neutral or weakly basic conditions in the presence of water and optionally a water-miscible organic solvent.
De basiske betingelsene kan eksempelvis innstilles ved tilsetning av en uorganisk base, som et alkalimetall- eller jordalkalimetall-hydroksyd, -karbonat eller -hydrogenkarbonat, f.eks. av natrium-, kalium- eller kalsiumhydroksyd, -karbonat eller -hydrogenkarbonat. Som organisk løsnings-middel kan det f.eks. anvendes alkoholer som er blandbare med vann, f.eks. laverealkanoler, som metanol eller etanol, ketoner, f.eks. laverealkanoner, som aceton, amider, f.eks. laverealkankarboksylsyreamider, som dimetylformamid, acetonitril o.l. Reaksjonen gjennomføres vanligvis ved romtemperatur, men kan også gjennomføres ved forhøyet eller senket temperatur. Ved tilsetning av et salt av jodhydro-gensyren eller tiocyanosyren, f.eks. et alkalimetall-, som natriumsaltet, kan reaksjonen akselereres. The basic conditions can, for example, be set by adding an inorganic base, such as an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, carbonate or hydrogen carbonate, e.g. of sodium, potassium or calcium hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate. As an organic solvent, it can e.g. alcohols that are miscible with water are used, e.g. lower alkanols, such as methanol or ethanol, ketones, e.g. lower alkanones, such as acetone, amides, e.g. lower alkanecarboxylic acid amides, such as dimethylformamide, acetonitrile, etc. The reaction is usually carried out at room temperature, but can also be carried out at an elevated or lowered temperature. By adding a salt of the hydroiodic acid or the thiocyanic acid, e.g. an alkali metal, such as the sodium salt, the reaction can be accelerated.
I reaksjonen kan det anvendes såvel (3S,4S)- som også (3S, 4R)-konfigurerte forbindelser med formel V eller blandinger derav. Den inngående gruppe R^-A-C(=Z')-S- dirigeres foretrukket av gruppen R^ i trans-stilling, uavhengig av om W står i cis- eller trans-stilling til gruppen R^. Selv In the reaction, both (3S,4S)- and also (3S,4R)-configured compounds of formula V or mixtures thereof can be used. The constituent group R^-A-C(=Z')-S- is preferably directed by the group R^ in the trans position, regardless of whether W is in the cis or trans position to the group R^. Self
om trans-(3S,4R)-isomeren overveiende dannes, kan også av og til cis-isomerene isoleres. Oppdelingen av cis- og trans-isomerene foregår som ovenfor beskrevet ved hjelp av konvensjonelle metoder, spesielt ved kromatografi og/eller ved krystallisasjon. if the trans-(3S,4R)-isomer is predominantly formed, the cis-isomers can also occasionally be isolated. The separation of the cis- and trans-isomers takes place as described above using conventional methods, in particular by chromatography and/or by crystallization.
Det etterfølgde ozonisering av en metyliden-gruppe Z' kan gjennomføres som angitt lenger nedenfor. Et oppnådd racemat med formel IV kan skilles i de optisk aktive forbindelsene . The subsequent ozonation of a methylidene group Z' can be carried out as indicated further below. An obtained racemate of formula IV can be separated into the optically active compounds.
Et azetidinon med formel V, hvor R, betyr acetoksymetyl,An azetidinone of formula V, where R is acetoxymethyl,
er beskrevet i DE off.skrift hr. 2950898. Andre azetidino-ner med formel V kan fremstilles ved hjelp av i og for seg kjente fremgangsmåter, eksempelvis ved at en vinylester med formelen R^-CH=CH-W omsettes med klorsulfonylisocyanat og det oppnådde cykloadduktet omsettes med et reduksjonsmiddel, f.eks. natriumsulfit. Ved denne syntese oppnås vanligvis blandinger av cis- og trans-isomerer, som kan oppdeles i de rene (3S)-isomerene, f.eks. ved kromatografi og/eller krystallisasjon eller destillasjon. Oppnådde racemiske (3S,4RS)-isomeren kan som ovenfor beskrevet oppdeles i de rene (3S,4R)-antipodene. De optisk aktive forbindelsene med formel V kan også fremstilles ved hjelp av den fremgangsmåte som er angitt nedenfor i reaksjonsskjema II. is described in DE official letter Mr. 2950898. Other azetidinones of formula V can be prepared using methods known per se, for example by reacting a vinyl ester with the formula R^-CH=CH-W with chlorosulfonyl isocyanate and the resulting cycloadduct is reacted with a reducing agent, e.g. e.g. sodium sulfite. In this synthesis, mixtures of cis and trans isomers are usually obtained, which can be separated into the pure (3S) isomers, e.g. by chromatography and/or crystallization or distillation. The racemic (3S,4RS)-isomer obtained can, as described above, be divided into the pure (3S,4R)-antipodes. The optically active compounds of formula V can also be prepared using the method indicated below in reaction scheme II.
Trinn 1. 2:Step 1. 2:
En a-hydroksykarboksylsyreforbindelse med formel VI oppnås ved at en forbindelse med formel IV omsettes med en glyoksyl-syreforbindelse med formelen OHC-R^ eller et egnet derivat derav, som et hydrat, hemihydrat eller en halvacetal, f.eks. en halvacetal med en laverealkanol, f.eks. metanol eller etanol, og om ønsket, overføres i en oppnåelig forbindelse med formel VI, hvor R^er laverealkyl som er substituert med hydroksy, hydroksy overføres i beskyttet hydroksy. An α-hydroxycarboxylic acid compound of formula VI is obtained by reacting a compound of formula IV with a glyoxylic acid compound of the formula OHC-R^ or a suitable derivative thereof, such as a hydrate, hemihydrate or a hemiacetal, e.g. a hemiacetal with a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, and if desired, transferred in an obtainable compound of formula VI, where R 1 is lower alkyl substituted with hydroxy, hydroxy transferred in protected hydroxy.
Forbindelsen VI oppnås vanligvis som blanding av de to isomerene (med hensyn til grupperingen ^CH^OH) . Men de rene isomerene derav kan også isoleres. The compound VI is usually obtained as a mixture of the two isomers (with regard to the grouping ^CH^OH). But the pure isomers thereof can also be isolated.
Tilleiringen av glyoksylsyreesterforbindelsen til nitrogen-atomet i laktanringen, finner sted ved romtemperatur eller om nødvendig, under oppvarming, f.eks. til ca. 100°C, og dette i fravær av et egentlig kondensasjonsmiddel, og/eller uten dannelse av et salt. Ved anvendelse av hydratet av glyoksylsyreforbindelsen dannes det vann, som om nødvendig fjernes ved destillasjonen, f.eks. azeotropt, eller ved anvendelse av et egnet dehydratiseringsmiddel, som en mole-kylarsikt. Fortrinnsvis arbeides i nærvær av et egnet løs-ningsmiddel, som f.eks. dioksan, toluen eller dimetylformamid, eller løsningsmiddelblanding, om ønsket eller nødvendig i en inert gassatmosfære, som nitrogen. The attachment of the glyoxylic acid ester compound to the nitrogen atom in the lactan ring takes place at room temperature or, if necessary, during heating, e.g. to approx. 100°C, and this in the absence of an actual condensation agent, and/or without the formation of a salt. When using the hydrate of the glyoxylic acid compound, water is formed, which if necessary is removed during the distillation, e.g. azeotropically, or using a suitable dehydrating agent, such as a molecular sieve. Preferably work is done in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as e.g. dioxane, toluene or dimethylformamide, or solvent mixture, if desired or necessary in an inert gas atmosphere, such as nitrogen.
Trinn 1. 3; Step 1. 3;
Forbindelser med formel VII, hvor Xq står for en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe, spesielt for halogen eller organisk sulfonyloksy, fremstilles ved at den sekundære hydroksygruppen i en forbindelse med formel VI omdannes til en reaksjonsdyktig, forestret hydroksygruppe, spesielt til halogen, f.eks. klor eller brom, eller til en organisk sulfonyloksygruppe, som laverealkansulfonyloksy, f.eks. metansulfonyloksy, eller arensulfonyloksy, f.eks. benzen-eller 4-metylbenzensulfonyloksy. Compounds of formula VII, where Xq stands for a reactive esterified hydroxy group, especially for halogen or organic sulfonyloxy, are prepared by converting the secondary hydroxy group in a compound of formula VI to a reactive, esterified hydroxy group, especially to halogen, e.g. chlorine or bromine, or to an organic sulfonyloxy group, such as lower alkanesulfonyloxy, e.g. methanesulfonyloxy, or arenesulfonyloxy, e.g. benzene or 4-methylbenzenesulfonyloxy.
I utgangsforbindelsene med formel VI står R, fortrinnsvis for laverealkyl som er substituert med en beskyttet hydroksygruppe . In the starting compounds of formula VI, R preferably stands for lower alkyl which is substituted with a protected hydroxy group.
Forbindelsene med formel VII kan oppnås i form av blandinger av isomerene (med hensyn til grupperingen ^CH^ X ) eller i form av rene isomerer. The compounds of formula VII can be obtained in the form of mixtures of the isomers (with regard to the grouping ^CH^ X ) or in the form of pure isomers.
Den ovenstående reaksjon gjennomføres ved behandling med et egnet forestringsmiddel, f.eks. med et tionylhalogenid, f.eks. -klorid, et fosforoksyhalogenid, spesielt -klorid, The above reaction is carried out by treatment with a suitable esterification agent, e.g. with a thionyl halide, e.g. -chloride, a phosphorus oxyhalide, especially -chloride,
et halogenfosfoniumhalogenid, som trifenylfosfoniumdibromid eller dijodid, eller et egnet organisk sulfonsyrehaloge-nid, som -klorid, fortrinnsvis i nærvær av et basisk middel, i første rekke et organisk, basisk middek, som et alifatisk tertiært amin, f.eks. trietylamin, diisopropylety lamin, a halophosphonium halide, such as triphenylphosphonium dibromide or diiodide, or a suitable organic sulfonic acid halide, such as -chloride, preferably in the presence of a basic agent, primarily an organic, basic middec, such as an aliphatic tertiary amine, e.g. triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine,
eller "polystyren-hiinigbase" eller en heterocyklisk base av pyridintypen, f.eks. pyridin eller collidin. Fortrinnsvis arbeides i nærvær av et egnet løsningsmiddel, f.eks. dioksan eller tetrahydrofuran, eller en løsningsmiddelbland-ing, om nødvendig under avkjøling og/eller i en inertgass atmosfære, som nitrogen. or "polystyrene hydrogen base" or a heterocyclic base of the pyridine type, e.g. pyridine or collidine. Preferably work is done in the presence of a suitable solvent, e.g. dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, or a solvent mixture, if necessary under cooling and/or in an inert gas atmosphere, such as nitrogen.
I en forbindelse med formel VII som kan oppnås på denne måten, kan en reaksjonsdyktig, forestret hydroksygruppe Xq på i og for seg kjent måte omdannes til en annen reaksjonsdyktig, forestret hydroksygruppe. Således kan f.eks. In a compound of formula VII which can be obtained in this way, a reactive, esterified hydroxy group Xq can be converted in a manner known per se into another reactive, esterified hydroxy group. Thus, e.g.
et kloratom ved behandling av den tilsvarende klorforbind-else med et egnet bromid- eller jodid-salt, som litiumbromid eller -jodid fortrinnsvis i nærvær av et egnet løsningsmid-del, som eter, utnyttes med et brom- hhv. jodatom. a chlorine atom when treating the corresponding chlorine compound with a suitable bromide or iodide salt, such as lithium bromide or iodide, preferably in the presence of a suitable solvent, such as ether, is utilized with a bromine or iodine atom.
Trinn 1. 4:Step 1. 4:
Utgangsmaterialet med formel II<1>oppnås ved at en forbindelse med formel VII, hvor Xq står for en reaksjonsdyktig forestret hydroksygruppe, behandles med en egnet fosfinforbindelse, som et trilaverealkylfosfin, f.eks. tri-n-butyl- fosfin, eller et triaryl-fosfin, f.eks. trifenylfosfin, eller med en egnet fosfit-forbindelse, som et tri-laverealkylf osf it , f.eks. trietylfosfit, eller et alkalimetall dilaverealkyifosfit, f.eks. -dietylfosfit. The starting material of formula II<1> is obtained by treating a compound of formula VII, where Xq stands for a reactive esterified hydroxy group, with a suitable phosphine compound, such as a trilower alkylphosphine, e.g. tri-n-butyl- phosphine, or a triaryl phosphine, e.g. triphenylphosphine, or with a suitable phosphite compound, such as a tri-lower alkyl phosphite, e.g. triethyl phosphite, or an alkali metal dilaveral alkyl phosphite, e.g. -diethyl phosphite.
Den ovenstående reaksjon foretas fortrinnsvis i nærvær avThe above reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of
et egnet inert løsningsmiddel, som et hydrokarbon, f.eks. heksan, cykloheksan, benzen, toluen eller xylen, eller en eter, f.eks. dioksan, tetrahydrofuran eller dietylenglykol-dimetyleter, eller en løsningsmiddelblanding. Avhengig av reaksjonsdyktigheten, arbeides under avkjøling eller ved forhøyet temperatur, f.eks. mellom -10 og +100°, fortrukket ved ca. 20-80°C, og/eller i en inertgass atmosfære, som nitrogen. For å forhindre oksydasjonsprosesser, kan det tilsettes katalytiske mengder av en antioksydant, f.eks. hydrokinon. a suitable inert solvent, such as a hydrocarbon, e.g. hexane, cyclohexane, benzene, toluene or xylene, or an ether, e.g. dioxane, tetrahydrofuran or diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, or a solvent mixture. Depending on the reactivity, work is done during cooling or at an elevated temperature, e.g. between -10 and +100°, preferably at approx. 20-80°C, and/or in an inert gas atmosphere, such as nitrogen. To prevent oxidation processes, catalytic amounts of an antioxidant can be added, e.g. hydroquinone.
Ved anvendelse av en fosfinforbindelse arbeides det vanligvis i nærvær av et basisk middel, som en organisk base, f.eks. et amin, som trietylamin, diisopropyl-etyl-amin eller "polystyren-hunigbase", og ylid-utgangsmaterialet med formel II (hhv. II<1>), oppnås da direkte, som dannes fra det tilsvarende fosfoniumslatet. When using a phosphine compound, it is usually worked in the presence of a basic agent, such as an organic base, e.g. an amine, such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine or "polystyrene-honeybase", and the ylide starting material of formula II (resp. II<1>) is then obtained directly, which is formed from the corresponding phosphonium sheet.
En utgangsforbindelse med formel II', hvor X er en fosfonogruppe sammen med et katsion, fremstilles fortrinnsvis in situ, idet en oppnåelig forbindelse med formelen A starting compound of formula II', where X is a phosphono group together with a cation, is preferably prepared in situ, an obtainable compound of the formula
hvor X' betyr en fosfonogruppe, behandles med et egnet basisk reagens, som en uorganisk base, f.eks. et alkalimetall-karbonat, som natrium- eller kaliumkarbonat. where X' means a phosphono group, is treated with a suitable basic reagent, such as an inorganic base, e.g. an alkali metal carbonate, such as sodium or potassium carbonate.
Trinn 1. 4a:Step 1. 4a:
En utgangsforbindelse med formel II<1>, hvor Z' står for okso, kan videre oppnås, ved at et merkaptid med formelen VIII, hvor M står for et metallkation, behandles med et acyleringsmiddel som innfører resten R^-A-C(=0)-. A starting compound of formula II<1>, where Z' stands for oxo, can further be obtained by treating a mercaptide of formula VIII, where M stands for a metal cation, with an acylating agent which introduces the residue R^-A-C(=0) -.
I utgangsmaterialet med formel VIII er metallkationet MIn the starting material of formula VIII, the metal cation is M
+ 2 + eksempelvis et kation med formelen M , eller M /2, hvor M + spesielt ståo r for et sølkation og M 2 + f.eks. ståor for det toverdige kationet i et egnet overgangsmetall, f.eks. kobber, bly eller kvikksølv. + 2 + for example a cation with the formula M , or M /2, where M + in particular stands for a salt cation and M 2 + e.g. stands for the divalent cation in a suitable transition metal, e.g. copper, lead or mercury.
Et acyleringsmiddel som innfører resten R^-A-C^O)- er f.eks. syren R^-A-COOH eller et reaksjonsdyktig, funksjo-nelt derivat derav, som et syrehalogenid, f.eks. klorid eller bromid, azid eller anhydrid derav. An acylating agent which introduces the residue R^-A-C^O)- is e.g. the acid R^-A-COOH or a reactive, functional derivative thereof, such as an acid halide, e.g. chloride or bromide, azide or anhydride thereof.
Acyleringen foregår-når den frie syren med formel R^-A-COOH, f.eks. i nærvær av et egnet vannuttrekkende middel, som et karbodiimid, f.eks. N,N '-dicykloheksylkarbodiimid, eller når det anvendes et syrederivat, i nærvær av et egnet syrebindende middel, som en tertiær alifatisk eller aromatisk base, f.eks. trietylamin, pyridin eller kinolin, i et inert løsningsmiddel, som et klorert hydrokarbon, f.eks. metylenklorid, eller en eter, f.eks. dietyleter eller dioksan, ved romtemperatur eller under oppvarming eller avkjøl-ing, f.eks. i et temperaturområde fra ca. -50 til ca. +60°C, spesielt ved ca. -30 til ca. +20°C. The acylation takes place when the free acid with the formula R^-A-COOH, e.g. in the presence of a suitable water-extracting agent, such as a carbodiimide, e.g. N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, or when an acid derivative is used, in the presence of a suitable acid binding agent, such as a tertiary aliphatic or aromatic base, e.g. triethylamine, pyridine or quinoline, in an inert solvent, such as a chlorinated hydrocarbon, e.g. methylene chloride, or an ether, e.g. diethyl ether or dioxane, at room temperature or during heating or cooling, e.g. in a temperature range from approx. -50 to approx. +60°C, especially at approx. -30 to approx. +20°C.
Utgangsforbindelsene med formel VIII kan eksempelvis fremstilles ved at et azetidinon med formelen The starting compounds with formula VIII can, for example, be prepared by an azetidinone with the formula
ved omsetning med et alkalimetallsalt, f.eks. natriumsaltet, av en tiolaverealkankarboksylsyre, f.eks. tioeddiksyre, eller trifenylmetylmerkaptan overføres til en forbindelse med formelen hvor W betyr trifenylmetyltio eller laverealkanoyltio, f.eks. acetyltio, denne overføres analogt fremgangsmåtene som er beskrevet i reaksjonstrinnene 1.2, 1.3 og 1.4 til en forbindelse med formelen by reaction with an alkali metal salt, e.g. the sodium salt, of a thiolower alkanecarboxylic acid, e.g. thioacetic acid, or triphenylmethylmercaptan is transferred to a compound with the formula where W means triphenylmethylthio or lower alkanoylthio, e.g. acetylthio, this is transferred analogously to the methods described in reaction steps 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 to a compound with the formula
og denne omsettes i nærvær av en base, f.eks. pyridin eller tri-n-butylamin, i et egnet løsningsmiddel, f.eks. dietyl- and this is converted in the presence of a base, e.g. pyridine or tri-n-butylamine, in a suitable solvent, e.g. diethyl
eter eller metanol, med et salt med formel MA, hvor M har den ovenstående betydning, men spesielt står for et sølv-kation, og A er et vanlig anion, som begunstiger løselighe-ten av saltet MA i det valgte løsningsmiddel, f.eks. nitrat-, acetat- eller fluorid-anionet. ether or methanol, with a salt of formula MA, where M has the above meaning, but in particular stands for a silver cation, and A is a common anion, which favors the solubility of the salt MA in the chosen solvent, e.g. . the nitrate, acetate or fluoride anion.
Ylidene med formel II<1>, hvor Z' er oksygen eller svovel,The ylides of formula II<1>, where Z' is oxygen or sulfur,
kan anvendes direkte i ringslutningsreaksjonen for fremstilling av sluttproduktene med formel I. Men i forbindelser med formel II', hvor resten inneholder som substituent en beskyttet hydroksygruppe, f.eks. en hydrolytisk lett spaltbar beskyttet hydroksygruppe, som trisubstituert silyloksy, kan også hydroksy beskyttelsesgruppen først avspaltes og så anvendes i ringslutningsreaksjonen den oppnådde forbindelse med formel II', hvor R^er lavere alkyl som er substituert med hydroksy. can be used directly in the ring closure reaction to produce the end products of formula I. But in compounds of formula II', where the residue contains as a substituent a protected hydroxy group, e.g. a hydrolytically easily cleavable protected hydroxy group, such as trisubstituted silyloxy, the hydroxy protecting group can also be first cleaved off and then used in the ring closure reaction the obtained compound of formula II', where R^ is lower alkyl which is substituted by hydroxy.
Trinn 1. 5:Step 1. 5:
En forbindelse med formel (III) oppnås, ved at et azetidinon med formelen (IV), hvor Z' betyr svovel, behandles med en forbindelse med formelen R^-COOH eller spesielt et reaksjonsdyktig derivat derav, som et syrehalogenid, f.eks. syreklo-ridet, ved en temperatur fra 20 til 80°C, foretrukket ved 40-60°C, i et inert løsningsmiddel, som et av de som er nevnt ved omsetningen av forbindelser med formel III til forbindelser med formel I. Ved anvendelse av et syrehalogenid arbeides fortrinnsvis i nærvær av et syrebindende middel som et tertiært alifatisk amin, f.eks. trietylamin, et aromatisk amin, f.eks. pyridin, eller spesielt et alkalimetall-eller jordalkalimetallkarbonat eller -hydrogenkarbonat, f.eks. kaliumkarbonat eller kalsiumkarbonat. A compound of formula (III) is obtained by treating an azetidinone of the formula (IV), where Z' means sulphur, with a compound of the formula R^-COOH or in particular a reactive derivative thereof, such as an acid halide, e.g. the acid chloride, at a temperature from 20 to 80°C, preferably at 40-60°C, in an inert solvent, such as one of those mentioned in the reaction of compounds of formula III to compounds of formula I. When using an acid halide is preferably worked in the presence of an acid binding agent such as a tertiary aliphatic amine, e.g. triethylamine, an aromatic amine, e.g. pyridine, or in particular an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal carbonate or hydrogen carbonate, e.g. potassium carbonate or calcium carbonate.
I forbindelsene II', IV, VI og VII kan en eventuelt substituert metylidengruppe Z<1>overføres til oksogruppen Z ved ozonisering og påfølgende reduksjon av det dannede ozonidet, ifølge den fremgangsmåte som er beskrevet nedenfor i trinn 2.3. In the compounds II', IV, VI and VII, an optionally substituted methylidene group Z<1> can be transferred to the oxo group Z by ozonization and subsequent reduction of the formed ozonide, according to the method described below in step 2.3.
Utgangsforbindelsene med formel V, hvor W er en sulfonylrest med formelen F^-SC^-, kan også fremstilles etter følg-ende reaksjonsskjema II. The starting compounds of formula V, where W is a sulfonyl residue of the formula F^-SC^-, can also be prepared according to the following reaction scheme II.
Reaksjonsskjerna II.Reaction nucleus II.
I forbindelsene med formlene (XI) - (XIV) og (Va) står R-^ spesielt for laverealkyl som er substituert med en beskyttet hydroksygruppe. In the compounds of the formulas (XI) - (XIV) and (Va) R-^ in particular stands for lower alkyl which is substituted with a protected hydroxy group.
Trinn 2. 1:Step 2. 1:
Forbindelser med formel (XII) kan fremstilles ved at en forbindelse med formelen (XI) epimeriseres. Compounds of formula (XII) can be prepared by epimerizing a compound of formula (XI).
Epimeriseringen foregår eksempelvis i nærvær av et basisk middel, som et amin, f.eks. et trilaverealkylamin, f.eks. trietylamin eller etyl-diisopropylamin, et tertiært amin, f.eks. N,N-dimetylanilin, et aromatisk amin, f.eks. pyridin, eller et bicyklisk amin, f.eks. 1,5-diazabicyklo/5,4,0/- undek-5-en • eller 1, 5-diazabicyklo/4 , 3 , C/non-5-en, eller et alkalimetall laverealkanolat, f.eks. natriummetanolat, natriumetanolat eller kalium-tert.-butanolat, i et inert løsningsmiddel, eksempelvis en eter, f.eks. dietyleter, dimetoksyetan, tetrahydrofuran eller dioksan, acetonitril eller dimetylformamid, evt. ved noe forhøyet eller senket temperatur, f.eks. ved 0-50°C, fortrinnsvis ved romtemperatur. The epimerization takes place, for example, in the presence of a basic agent, such as an amine, e.g. a tri-lower alkylamine, e.g. triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine, a tertiary amine, e.g. N,N-dimethylaniline, an aromatic amine, e.g. pyridine, or a bicyclic amine, e.g. 1,5-diazabicyclo/5,4,0/-undec-5-ene • or 1,5-diazabicyclo/4 , 3 , C/non-5-ene, or an alkali metal lower alkanolate, e.g. sodium methanolate, sodium ethanolate or potassium tert.-butanolate, in an inert solvent, for example an ether, e.g. diethyl ether, dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane, acetonitrile or dimethylformamide, possibly at a somewhat elevated or lowered temperature, e.g. at 0-50°C, preferably at room temperature.
I forbindelsene med formel (XII) som kan oppnås ifølge oppfinnelsen, kan en beskyttet hydroksygruppe som inneholdes i resten R, erstattes med en annen beskyttet hydroksygruppe, eksempelvis en hydrogenolytisk spaltbar beskyttet hydroksygruppe med en solvolytisk spaltbar beskyttet hydroksygruppe. Hydroksy beskyttelsesgrupper er spesielt de ovenfor nevnte, hydrogenolytisk avspaltbare beskyttelsesgrupper, eksempelvis som angitt, substituert 1-fenyllaverealkyl eller fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyl, solvolytisk avspaltbare beskyttelsesgrupper eksempelvis som angitt trisubstituert silyl. In the compounds of formula (XII) which can be obtained according to the invention, a protected hydroxy group contained in the residue R can be replaced with another protected hydroxy group, for example a hydrogenolytically cleavable protected hydroxy group with a solvolytically cleavable protected hydroxy group. Hydroxy protecting groups are in particular the above-mentioned, hydrogenolytically cleavable protecting groups, for example as indicated, substituted 1-phenyl lower alkyl or phenyl lower oxycarbonyl, solvolytically cleavable protecting groups for example as indicated trisubstituted silyl.
Omsetningen kan gjennomføres slik at den hydrogenolytisk avspaltbare hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppen fjernes først og en solvolytisk avspaltbar hydroksygruppe innføres i den oppnådde forbindelse med formel XII, hvor R^er laverealkyl som er substituert med hydroksy. The reaction can be carried out so that the hydrogenolytically cleavable hydroxy protecting group is removed first and a solvolytically cleavable hydroxy group is introduced into the obtained compound of formula XII, where R 1 is lower alkyl substituted with hydroxy.
Avspaltningen av den hydrolytisk avspaltbare beskyttelsesgruppen foregår f.eks. med hydrogen eller en hydrogendonator, f.eks. cykloheksen eller cykloheksadien, i nærvær av en hydreringskatalysator, som en palladiumkatalysator, f.eks. palladium på kull, i et inert løsningsmiddel, som et halogenert hydrokarbon, f.eks. metylenklorid, en laverealkanol, f.eks. metanol eller etanol, en eter, f.eks. dioksan eller tetrahydrofuran, eller også i vann eller i blandinger derav, ved en temperatur fra ca. 0 til ca. 80°C, fortrinnsvis ved romtemperatur. Avspaltningen kan også gjennomføres med et reduserende metall, som sink, eller en reduserende metallegering, f.eks. kobber-sink-legering, i nærvær av et proton-avgivende middel, som en organisk syre, f.eks. eddiksyre, eler også en lavere alkanol, f.eks. etanol. The cleavage of the hydrolytically cleavable protecting group takes place e.g. with hydrogen or a hydrogen donor, e.g. cyclohexene or cyclohexadiene, in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst, such as a palladium catalyst, e.g. palladium on charcoal, in an inert solvent, such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g. methylene chloride, a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, an ether, e.g. dioxane or tetrahydrofuran, or also in water or in mixtures thereof, at a temperature from approx. 0 to approx. 80°C, preferably at room temperature. The separation can also be carried out with a reducing metal, such as zinc, or a reducing metal alloy, e.g. copper-zinc alloy, in the presence of a proton-releasing agent, such as an organic acid, e.g. acetic acid, or also a lower alkanol, e.g. ethanol.
Innføringen av den solvolytisk avspaltbare hydroksy beskyttelsesgruppen foregår eksempelvis med en forbindelse med formel FV<->X^, hvor R' betyr hydroksy beskyttelsesgruppen og X^f.eks. betyr en reaksjonsdyktig, forestret hydroksygruppe, eksempelvis halogen, f.eks. klor, brom eller jod, eller sulfonyloksy, som metansulfonyloksy, benzensulfonyl-oksy eller 4-toluensulfonyloksy. The introduction of the solvolytically cleavable hydroxy protecting group takes place, for example, with a compound of formula FV<->X^, where R' means the hydroxy protecting group and X^ e.g. means a reactive, esterified hydroxy group, for example halogen, e.g. chlorine, bromine or iodine, or sulfonyloxy, such as methanesulfonyloxy, benzenesulfonyloxy or 4-toluenesulfonyloxy.
Utgangsforbindelsene med formel (XI) er eksempelvis kjent fra DE off. skrift 3039504 og fra GB patentsøknad 2061930. The starting compounds with formula (XI) are known, for example, from DE off. document 3039504 and from GB patent application 2061930.
Trinn 2. 2:Step 2. 2:
En forbindelse med formelen (XIII) kan fremstilles ved at en penam-forbindelse med formelen (XII) behandles med et basisk middel og med et forestringsmiddel som innfører resten R . A compound of the formula (XIII) can be prepared by treating a penam compound of the formula (XII) with a basic agent and with an esterification agent which introduces the radical R .
o o
Et egnet basisk middel er eksempelvis et av de basiske mid-ler som er nevnt under trinn 2.1, spesielt et av de nevnte bicykliske aminer, videre også et alkalimetallamid eller A suitable basic agent is, for example, one of the basic agents mentioned under step 2.1, especially one of the mentioned bicyclic amines, also an alkali metal amide or
-hydrid, f.eks. natriumamid eller natriumhydrid.-hydride, e.g. sodium amide or sodium hydride.
En rest RQer eksempelvis en av de organiske rester som er nevnt under trinnet 1.1, spesielt eventuelt substituert laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl, etyl eller 2-hydroksyetyl, eller benzyl. A residue RQ is, for example, one of the organic residues mentioned under step 1.1, especially optionally substituted lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl or 2-hydroxyethyl, or benzyl.
Et forestringsmiddel som innfører resten Rq er f.eks. en forbindelse med formelen (R -X^), hvor X^ betyr reaksjonsdyktig, forestret hydroksy, f.eks. halogen, som klor, brom eller jod, eller sulfonyloksy, som metansulfonyloksy, benzen-sulfonyloksy eller 4-toluensulfonyloksy. For innføring av en 2-hydroksyetylrest er også etylenoksyd egnet. An esterifying agent which introduces the residue Rq is e.g. a compound of the formula (R -X^), where X^ means reactive, esterified hydroxy, e.g. halogen, such as chlorine, bromine or iodine, or sulfonyloxy, such as methanesulfonyloxy, benzenesulfonyloxy or 4-toluenesulfonyloxy. Ethylene oxide is also suitable for introducing a 2-hydroxyethyl residue.
Omsetningen gjennomføres fortrinnsvis i to trinn, hvorvedThe turnover is preferably carried out in two stages, whereby
i det første trinnet penam-forbindelsen med formelen (XII) behandles med minst ekvimolekylare mengder av det basiske midlet og et oppnåelig mellomprodukt med formelen in the first step the penam compound of the formula (XII) is treated with at least equimolecular amounts of the basic agent and an obtainable intermediate of the formula
hvor angir den protonerte formen (kation) av det basiske midlet, fortrinnsvis omsettes med forestringsmidlet fra reaksjonsblandingen uten isolering. Reaksjonen gjennomføres i et inert løsningsmiddel, eksempelvis en eter, f.eks. dietyleter, dimetoksyetan, tetrahydrofuran eller dioksan, where indicates the protonated form (cation) of the basic agent, is preferably reacted with the esterifying agent from the reaction mixture without isolation. The reaction is carried out in an inert solvent, for example an ether, e.g. diethyl ether, dimethoxyethane, tetrahydrofuran or dioxane,
i acetonitril, dimetylformamid eller heksametylfosforsyre triamid, eventuelt ved noe forhøyet eller senket temperatur, f.eks. ved ca. 0-50°C, fortrinnsvis ved romtemperatur. I en foretrukket utførelsesform av fremgangsmåten fremstilles penam-forbindelsen med formel (XII) in situ, ved at en forbindelse med formel (XI) som beskrevet under trinn 2.1 først behandles med katalytiske mengder av det basiske midlet, f.eks. 1,5-diazabicyklo/5,4,0/undec-5-en, og så omsettes med minst ekvimolare mengder av det samme basiske middel og videre med forestringsmidlet til forbindelsene med formel (XIII). in acetonitrile, dimethylformamide or hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide, possibly at a somewhat elevated or lowered temperature, e.g. at approx. 0-50°C, preferably at room temperature. In a preferred embodiment of the method, the penam compound of formula (XII) is prepared in situ, by first treating a compound of formula (XI) as described under step 2.1 with catalytic amounts of the basic agent, e.g. 1,5-diazabicyclo/5,4,0/undec-5-ene, and then reacted with at least equimolar amounts of the same basic agent and further with the esterifying agent to the compounds of formula (XIII).
Trinn 2. 3:Step 2. 3:
Et oksalyl-azetidinon med formelen (XIV) kan fremstilles ved at en forbindelse med formelen (XIV) ozoniseres, og det dannede ozonidet spaltes reduktivt til okso-forbindelsen . An oxalyl-azetidinone of the formula (XIV) can be prepared by ozonizing a compound of the formula (XIV), and the ozonide formed is reductively cleaved to the oxo compound.
Ozoniseringen gjennomføres vanligvis med en ozon-oksygen-blanding i et inert løsningsmiddel, som en laverealkanol, f.eks. metanol eller etanol, et lavere alkanon, f.eks. aceton, et eventuelt halogenert hydrokarbon, f.eks. et halo-genlaverealkan, som metylenklorid eller tetraklorkarbon, eller i en løsningsmiddelblanding, inkludert en vandig blanding, fortrinnsvis under avkjøling, f.eks. ved temperaturer fra ca. -80 til ca. 0°C. The ozonation is usually carried out with an ozone-oxygen mixture in an inert solvent, such as a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, a lower alkane, e.g. acetone, an optionally halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g. a halo-lower alkane, such as methylene chloride or carbon tetrachloride, or in a solvent mixture, including an aqueous mixture, preferably under cooling, e.g. at temperatures from approx. -80 to approx. 0°C.
Et ozonid som oppnås som mellomprodukt, avspaltes reduktivt til en forbindelse med formel XIV, vanligvis uten å isoleres, hvorved det anvendes katalytisk aktivert hydrogen, f.eks. hydrogen i nærvær av en tungmetallhydreringskatalysator, An ozonide obtained as an intermediate is cleaved reductively to a compound of formula XIV, usually without isolation, whereby catalytically activated hydrogen is used, e.g. hydrogen in the presence of a heavy metal hydrogenation catalyst,
som en nikkel-, videre palladiumkatalysator, fortrinnsvis på et egnet bærermateriale, som kalsiumkarbonat eller kull, eller kjemiske reduksjonsmidler, som erduserende tungme-taller, inkludert tungmetall-legeringer eller -amalgamer, f.eks. sink, i nærvær av en hydrogendonator, som en syre, f.eks. eddiksyre, eller en alkohol, f.eks. laverealkanol, reduserende uorganiske salter, som alkalimetalljodider, f.eks. natriumjodid, eller alkalimetallhydrogensulfiter, f.eks. natriumhydrogensulfit, i nærvær av en hydrogendonator, som en syre, f.eks. eddiksyre, eller vann, eller reduserende organiske forbindelser, som maursyre. Som reduksjonsmidler kan det også anvendes forbindelser, som lett kan omdannes til de tilsvarende epoksydforbindelser eller oksyder, hvorved epoksyddannelsen kan foregå på grunn av en C, C-dobbeltbinding og oksyddannelsen på grunn av et til-stedeværende oksyd-dannende hetero-, som svovel-, fosfor-eller nitrogenatom. Slike forbindelser er f.eks. egnet substituerte etenforbindelser (som i reaksjonen omdannes til etylenoksydforbindelser), som tetracyanetylen, eller spesielt egnede sulfidforbindelser, (som i reaksjonen omdan- as a nickel, further palladium catalyst, preferably on a suitable carrier material, such as calcium carbonate or coal, or chemical reducing agents, such as reducing heavy metals, including heavy metal alloys or amalgams, e.g. zinc, in the presence of a hydrogen donor, such as an acid, e.g. acetic acid, or an alcohol, e.g. lower alkanol, reducing inorganic salts, such as alkali metal iodides, e.g. sodium iodide, or alkali metal hydrogen sulphites, e.g. sodium hydrogen sulphite, in the presence of a hydrogen donor, such as an acid, e.g. acetic acid, or water, or reducing organic compounds, such as formic acid. As reducing agents, compounds can also be used which can easily be converted into the corresponding epoxide compounds or oxides, whereby the epoxide formation can take place due to a C, C double bond and the oxide formation due to a present oxide-forming hetero-, such as sulphur- , phosphorus or nitrogen atom. Such compounds are e.g. suitable substituted ethylene compounds (which in the reaction are converted into ethylene oxide compounds), such as tetracyanethylene, or particularly suitable sulphide compounds, (which in the reaction convert-
nes til sulfoksydforbindelser), som dilaverealkylsulfider,nes to sulfoxide compounds), such as dilave alkyl sulfides,
i første rekke dimetylsulfid, egnede organiske fosfor - forbindelser som et fosfin (som i reaksjonen omdannes til et fosfinoksyd) som eventuelt er substituert med fenyl og/eller laverealkyl, f.eks. metyl, etyl, n-propyl eller n-butyl, som trilaverealkyl-fosfiner, f.eks. tri-n-butyl-fosfin, eller trifenylfosfin, videre trilaverealkylfosfiter (som i reaksjonen omdannes til fosforsyre trilaverealkyl-estere), vanligvis i form av tilsvarende alkohol addukt-forbindelser, som trimetylfosfit, eller fosforsyrling-tri-amider, som eventuelt inneholder laverealkyl som substituenter, som heksalaverealkyl-fosforsyrling triamid, f.eks. heksametylfosforsyrling triamid, det sistnevnte fortrinnsvis i form av et metanoladdukt, videre egnede nitrogenbaser (som i reaksjonen omdannes til de tilsvarde N-oksyder), primarily dimethyl sulphide, suitable organic phosphorus compounds such as a phosphine (which in the reaction is converted into a phosphine oxide) which is optionally substituted with phenyl and/or lower alkyl, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or n-butyl, such as trilower alkyl phosphines, e.g. tri-n-butyl-phosphine, or triphenylphosphine, further trilower alkyl phosphites (which in the reaction are converted into phosphoric acid trilower alkyl esters), usually in the form of corresponding alcohol adduct compounds, such as trimethyl phosphite, or phosphoric acid tri-amides, which optionally contain lower alkyl which substituents, such as hexalower alkyl phosphoric acid triamide, e.g. hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide, the latter preferably in the form of a methanol adduct, further suitable nitrogen bases (which in the reaction are converted into the corresponding N-oxides),
som heterocykliske nitrogenbaser av aromatisk karakter, f.eks. baser av pyridintypen og spesielt pyridin selv. Spaltingen av det vanligvis ikke-isolerte ozonidet foregår normalt under de betingelser som anvendes for deres fremstilling, dvs. i nærvær av et egnet løsningsmiddel eller løsningsmiddelblanding, såvel som under avkjøling eller lett oppvarming, hvorved det fortrinnsvis arbeides ved temperaturer fra ca. -10 til ca. +25°C og reaksjonen vanligvis avsluttes ved romtemperatur. as heterocyclic nitrogen bases of an aromatic character, e.g. bases of the pyridine type and especially pyridine itself. The splitting of the usually non-isolated ozonide normally takes place under the conditions used for their preparation, i.e. in the presence of a suitable solvent or solvent mixture, as well as during cooling or slight heating, whereby work is preferably done at temperatures from approx. -10 to approx. +25°C and the reaction usually ends at room temperature.
Trinn 2. 4:Step 2. 4:
Et azetidinon med formel (Va) kan fremstilles ved at et oksaly1-azetidinon med formel (XIV) solvolyseres. An azetidinone of formula (Va) can be prepared by solvolyzing an oxalyl-azetidinone of formula (XIV).
Solvolysen kan gjennomføres som hydrolyse, som alkoholyse eller også som hydrazinolyse. Hydrolysen gjennomføres med vann, eventuelt i et løsningsmiddel som er blandbart med vann. Alkoholysen gjennomføres vanligvis med en laverealkanol, f.eks. metanol eller etanol, fortrinnsvis i nærvær av vann og et organisk løsningsmiddel, som en laverealkankarboksylsyre-laverealkylester, f.eks. eddiksyreetylester, fortrinnsvis ved romtemperatur, om nødvendig under avkjøling eller oppvarming, f.eks. ved en temperatur fra ca. 0 til ca. 80°C. Hydrazinolysen gjennomføres på konvensjonell måte med et substituert hydrazin, f.eks. med fenyl- eller et nitrofenylhydrazin, som 2-nitrofenylhydrazin, 4-nitrofenylhydrazin eller 2,4-dinitrofenylhydrazin, som foretrukket anvendes i ca. ekvimolare mengder, i et organisk løs-ningsmiddel, som en eter, f.eks. dietyleter, et aromatisk hydrokarbon, som benzen, et halogenert hydrokarbon, som metylenklorid eller klorbenzen, en ester som etylacetat o.l., ved temperaturer mellom ca. romstemperatur og ca. 6 5°C. The solvolysis can be carried out as hydrolysis, as alcoholysis or also as hydrazinolysis. The hydrolysis is carried out with water, possibly in a solvent that is miscible with water. The alcoholysis is usually carried out with a lower alkanol, e.g. methanol or ethanol, preferably in the presence of water and an organic solvent, such as a lower alkane carboxylic acid lower alkyl ester, e.g. acetic acid ethyl ester, preferably at room temperature, if necessary during cooling or heating, e.g. at a temperature from approx. 0 to approx. 80°C. The hydrazinolysis is carried out in a conventional manner with a substituted hydrazine, e.g. with phenyl or a nitrophenylhydrazine, such as 2-nitrophenylhydrazine, 4-nitrophenylhydrazine or 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazine, which is preferably used in approx. equimolar amounts, in an organic solvent, such as an ether, e.g. diethyl ether, an aromatic hydrocarbon, such as benzene, a halogenated hydrocarbon, such as methylene chloride or chlorobenzene, an ester such as ethyl acetate, etc., at temperatures between approx. room temperature and approx. 6 5°C.
I en foretrukket utførelsesform av fremgangsmåten startes med en forbindelse med formel (XIII), som ozoniseres som angitt og så spaltes reduktivt til oksalyl-azetidinon med formelen (XIV), som uten isolering fra reaksjonsblandingen omsettes videre til azetidinon med formelen (Va). In a preferred embodiment of the method, one starts with a compound of formula (XIII), which is ozonized as indicated and then cleaved reductively to oxalyl-azetidinone of formula (XIV), which, without isolation from the reaction mixture, is further converted to azetidinone of formula (Va).
Ved ozonolysen oppstår eventuelt små mengder syre, som kan bevirke avspaltningen av en solvolytisk lett avspaltbar hydroksy beskyttelsesgruppe i resten R^, f.eks. en trisubstituert silyl-rest. Den derved oppståtte forbindelse med formelen During the ozonolysis, possibly small amounts of acid occur, which can cause the cleavage of a solvolytically easily cleavable hydroxy protecting group in the residue R^, e.g. a trisubstituted silyl residue. The resulting connection with the formula
hvor R| betyr laverealkyl som er substituert med hydroksy, kan eksempelvis kromatografisk, fraskilles fra beskyttet azetidinon (Va) og ved fornyet omsetning med midlet med formeen R'-X3som innfører hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppen R<1>, overføres til azetidinonet med formelen (Va). where R| means lower alkyl which is substituted with hydroxy, can, for example, be separated chromatographically from the protected azetidinone (Va) and by renewed reaction with the agent of the form R'-X3 which introduces the hydroxy protecting group R<1>, transferred to the azetidinone of the formula (Va).
I forbindelsene med formlene (II), (II'), (III), (VI), (VII) og (XII) til (XIV), kan en beskyttet karboksylgruppe R^ ifølge i og for seg kjente metoder, overføres til en annen beskyttet karboksylgruppe R.!,, hvorved i betraktning av de ytterligere funksjonelle gruppene som eventuelt kan inneholdes i disse forbindelsene, kan de samme metodene komme til anvendelse, som er angitt for omdannelse av disse substituentene i forbindelsene med formel (I). In the compounds with the formulas (II), (II'), (III), (VI), (VII) and (XII) to (XIV), a protected carboxyl group R^ according to methods known per se, can be transferred to a other protected carboxyl group R.!, whereby in consideration of the further functional groups which may possibly be contained in these compounds, the same methods can be used, which are indicated for the conversion of these substituents in the compounds of formula (I).
Oppfinnelsen gjelder likeledes nye utgangsprodukter såvel som de mellomprodukter som oppnås ifølge oppfinnelsen, som de med formlene (II) til (VIII), (inkl. II', Ila, Va og Vb) såvel som de .angitte fremgangsmåter for fremstilling The invention also applies to new starting products as well as the intermediate products obtained according to the invention, such as those with the formulas (II) to (VIII), (incl. II', Ila, Va and Vb) as well as the stated methods for production
av dem.by them.
Fortrinnsvis anvendes slike utgangsstoffer og reaksjonsbetingelsene velges slik, at de forbindelser oppnås som i det foran stående er oppført som spesielt foretrukne. Such starting materials are preferably used and the reaction conditions are chosen so that the compounds which are listed above as particularly preferred are obtained.
Forbindelsene med formel I oppviser verdifulle farmakologiske egenskaper eller kan anvendes som mellomprodukter for fremstilling av slike forbindelser med verdifulle farmakologiske egenskaper. Forbindelser med formel I, hvor R^betyr hydroksylaverealkyl, R^ betyr karboksyl eller en forestret karboksylgruppe som er spaltbar under fysiologiske betingelser, og R^er amino, laverealkylamino, dilaverealkylamino eller substituert metylenamino, og farmakologisk godtagbare salter av slike forbindelser med saltdannende grupper, har antimaterielle virkninger. Eksempelvis er de virksomme in vitro mot gram-positive og gram-negative kokker, f.eks. Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus faecalis, Neisseria meningitidis og Neisseria genorrhoeae, mot enterobakterier, f.eks. Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis og Klebsiella pneumoniae, mot Haemophilus influenzae, Pseudomonas aerugi-nosa og anaerobier, f.eks. Bacteroides sp., og Clostridium sp., i minimale konsentrasjoner fra ca. 0,02 til ca. 64 ug/ml. In vivo, ved systemisk infeksjon hos mus, f.eks. The compounds of formula I exhibit valuable pharmacological properties or can be used as intermediates for the preparation of such compounds with valuable pharmacological properties. Compounds of formula I, where R^ means hydroxyl lower alkyl, R^ means carboxyl or an esterified carboxyl group which is cleavable under physiological conditions, and R^ is amino, lower alkylamino, dilower alkylamino or substituted methyleneamino, and pharmacologically acceptable salts of such compounds with salt-forming groups, have anti-material effects. For example, they are effective in vitro against gram-positive and gram-negative cocci, e.g. Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pyogenes, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Streptococcus faecalis, Neisseria meningitidis and Neisseria genorrhoeae, against enterobacteria, e.g. Escherichia coli, Proteus mirabilis and Klebsiella pneumoniae, against Haemophilus influenzae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa and anaerobes, e.g. Bacteroides sp., and Clostridium sp., in minimal concentrations from approx. 0.02 to approx. 64 ug/ml. In vivo, in case of systemic infection in mice, e.g.
med Staphylococcus aureus, Escherichia coli eller Strepto- with Staphylococcus aureus, Escherichia coli or Strepto-
coccus pyogenes, ble det ved subkutan eller oral applika-sjon funnet EDj. Q-verdier på va. 0,3 til 100 mg/kg. coccus pyogenes, EDj was found on subcutaneous or oral application. Q values of va. 0.3 to 100 mg/kg.
De nye forbindelsene kan derfor som oralt eller parenteralt appliserbare anti-bakterielle antibiotika, f.eks. i form av tilsvarende farmasøytiske preparater, finne anvendelse til behandling av infeksjoner. The new compounds can therefore be orally or parenterally applicable anti-bacterial antibiotics, e.g. in the form of corresponding pharmaceutical preparations, find application in the treatment of infections.
Forbindelser med formel I, hvor minst en av de tilstede-værende funksjonelle gruppene foreligger i beskyttet form, hvorved en beskyttet karboksylgruppe er forskjellig fra en fysiologisk spaltbar, forestret karboksylgruppe, kan anvendes som mellomprodukter for fremstilling av de ovenfor nevnte farmakologisk virksomme forbindelsene med formel I. Compounds of formula I, where at least one of the functional groups present is in a protected form, whereby a protected carboxyl group is different from a physiologically cleavable, esterified carboxyl group, can be used as intermediates for the production of the above-mentioned pharmacologically active compounds of formula I .
De farmakologisk anvendbare forbindelsene ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse, kan f.eks. anvendes for fremstilling av farmasøytiske preparater, som inneholder en terapeutisk virksom mengde av den aktive substansen sammen med eller i blanding med uorganiske eller organiske, faste eller flyt-ende, farmasøytisk godtagbare bærestoffer, som egner seg til oral eller til parenteral, dvs. intramuskulær, subkutan eller intraperitoneal tilførsel. The pharmacologically usable compounds according to the present invention can e.g. is used for the production of pharmaceutical preparations, which contain a therapeutically effective amount of the active substance together with or in admixture with inorganic or organic, solid or liquid, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, which are suitable for oral or parenteral use, i.e. intramuscular, subcutaneous or intraperitoneal administration.
For oral tilførsel anvendes tabletter eller gelatinkapsler, som inneholder det aktive stoffet sammen med fortynningsmid-ler, f.eks. laktose, dekstrose, sukrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose og/eller glycin, og smøremidler, f.eks. kiesel-jord, kalk, stearinsyre eller salter derav, som magnesium-eller kalsiumstearat, og/eller polyetylenglykol. Tabletter inneholder likeledes bindemidler, f.eks. magnesiumaluminium-silikat, stivelser, som mais-, hvete-, ris- eller pilrot-stivelse, gelatin, tragant, metylcellulose, natriumkarboksy-metylcellulose og/eller polyvinylpyrrolidon, og om ønsket, sprengmidler, f.eks. stivelse, agar, alginsyre eller et salt derav, som natriumalginat, og/eller oppbrusningsbland-inger eller adsorbsjonsmidler, fargestoffer, smaksstoffer For oral administration, tablets or gelatin capsules are used, which contain the active substance together with diluents, e.g. lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose and/or glycine, and lubricants, e.g. diatomaceous earth, lime, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol. Tablets also contain binders, e.g. magnesium aluminum silicate, starches, such as corn, wheat, rice or arrowroot starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and if desired, explosives, e.g. starch, agar, alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate, and/or effervescent mixtures or adsorbents, dyes, flavorings
eller søtningsmidler.or sweeteners.
Til parenteral tilførsel egner seg i første rekke infusjons-løsninger, fortrinnsvis isotoniske, vandige løsninger eller suspensjoner, hvorved disse f.eks. kan fremstilles før bru-ken fra lyofiliserte preparater, som inneholder det aktive stoffet alene eller sammen med et bærermateriale, f.eks. mannitol. Slike preparater kan steriliseres og/eller inneholde hjelpestoffer, f.eks. konserverings-, stabiliserings-, fornetnings- og/eller emulgeringsmidler, løselighetformid-lere, salter for regulering av det ostmotiske trykket og/ eller buffere. Infusion solutions, preferably isotonic, aqueous solutions or suspensions, are suitable primarily for parenteral administration, whereby these e.g. can be prepared before use from lyophilized preparations, which contain the active substance alone or together with a carrier material, e.g. mannitol. Such preparations can be sterilized and/or contain excipients, e.g. preservatives, stabilisers, cross-linking and/or emulsifiers, solubility mediators, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers.
Foreliggende farmasøytiske preparater som, om ønsket, kan inneholde andre farmakologisk verdifulle stoffer, fremstilles på i og for seg kjent måte, f.eks. ved hjelp av konvensjonelle blandings-, løsnings- eller lyofiliseringsfrem-gangsmåter, og inneholder fra ca. 0,1 til 100%, spesielt fra ca. 1 til ca. 50%, lyofilisat opp til 100% av det aktive stoffet. Present pharmaceutical preparations which, if desired, can contain other pharmacologically valuable substances, are prepared in a manner known per se, e.g. using conventional mixing, dissolving or lyophilization methods, and contains from approx. 0.1 to 100%, especially from approx. 1 to approx. 50%, lyophilisate up to 100% of the active substance.
Avhengig av arten av infeksjonen og tilstanden til den infi-serte organisme, anvendes daglige doser fra 125 mg til ca. 5 g for behandling av varmblodige (mennesker og dyr) av ca. 70 kg vekt. Depending on the nature of the infection and the condition of the infected organism, daily doses from 125 mg to approx. 5 g for the treatment of warm-blooded (humans and animals) of approx. 70 kg weight.
Følgende eksempler tjener til illustrasjon av oppfinnelsen. Temperaturen angis i °C. The following examples serve to illustrate the invention. The temperature is indicated in °C.
I eksemplene anvendes følgende forkortelser:In the examples, the following abbreviations are used:
DC: Tynnsjiktskromatogram,DC: Thin layer chromatogram,
IR: Innfrarødt spektrum,IR: Infrared spectrum,
UV: Ultrafiolett spektrum,UV: Ultraviolet spectrum,
NMR: Kjerneresonans spektrum,NMR: Nuclear resonance spectrum,
DBU: 1,5-diazabicyklo/5,4,O/undec-5-en,DBU: 1,5-diazabicyclo/5,4,O/undec-5-ene,
THF: Tetrahydrofuran,THF: Tetrahydrofuran,
DMF: Dimetylformamid.DMF: Dimethylformamide.
Eksperimentell del.Experimental part.
Eksempel 1. Example 1.
(5R,6S)-2-/T2R,S)-2-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-prop-l-yl/-6-(tert.butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre- p- nitrobenzylester.. (5R,6S)-2-/T2R,S)-2-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-prop-1-yl/-6-(tert.butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid- p-nitrobenzyl ester..
En løsning av 6,27 g 2-/T3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl )-4-/(3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-butyroyltio/-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/-2-trifenylfosforanyliden eddiksyre-p-nitrqbenzylester i 1 liter toluen omrøres under argon atmosfære i 12 timer ved tilbakeløpstemperatur. Så avdampes løsningsmidlet og råproduktet renses ved kromatografi på silikagel (elueringsmiddel toluen/etylacetat 9:1). DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1); Rf = 0,56; IR (CH2C12): 3430; 1780; 1715; 1510; 1340; 1310 cm"<1>. A solution of 6.27 g of 2-(T3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyroylthio]-2-oxo-azetidine-1 -yl/-2-triphenylphosphoranylide acetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester in 1 liter of toluene is stirred under an argon atmosphere for 12 hours at reflux temperature. The solvent is then evaporated and the crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent toluene/ethyl acetate 9:1). DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1); R f = 0.56; IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3430; 1780; 1715; 1510; 1340; 1310 cm"<1>.
Utgangsmaterialet kan fremstilles som følger:The starting material can be prepared as follows:
a. ( 3R, S)- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- smørsyre.a. (3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyric acid.
Til en løsning av (3R,S)-3-aminosmørsyre (20,6 g) i 41 ml vann og 90 ml 5 N NaOH-løsning tilsettes ved 0°C fast klormaursyre-4-nitrobenzylester (47,4 g) og den beige farg-ede suspensjonen etterrøres i 16 timer ved romtemperatur. Etter fjerning av det uløselige ved filtrering, fortynnes filtratet med 1000 ml vann og vaskes 2 ganger med CH2C12. Den vandige fasen stilles på pH 2 med HC1 4 N og ekstraheres to gnger med CH2C12. De forenede organiske ekstrakter vaskes 1 gang med saltvann, tørkes over MgSO^og inndampes til de hvite krystallene av tittelforbindelsen. IR i CH2C<1>2: 3425; 1710; 1500; 1335 cm"<1>. To a solution of (3R,S)-3-aminobutyric acid (20.6 g) in 41 ml of water and 90 ml of 5 N NaOH solution is added at 0°C solid chloroformate-4-nitrobenzyl ester (47.4 g) and the the beige colored suspension is stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. After removal of the insoluble by filtration, the filtrate is diluted with 1000 ml of water and washed 2 times with CH 2 Cl 2 . The aqueous phase is adjusted to pH 2 with HC1 4 N and extracted twice with CH2C12. The combined organic extracts are washed once with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and evaporated to the white crystals of the title compound. IR in CH2C<1>2: 3425; 1710; 1500; 1335 cm"<1>.
b. ( 3R, S)- 3-( 4- nitroenzyloksykarbonylamino)- tiosmørsyre. b. (3R,S)-3-(4-nitroenyloxycarbonylamino)-thiobutyric acid.
(3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-smørsyre (14,1(3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyric acid (14.1
g) suspenderes i metylenklorid (250 ml) og oppløses etter avkjøling til -10°C ved tilsetning av 15,33 ml trietylamin. g) is suspended in methylene chloride (250 ml) and dissolved after cooling to -10°C by adding 15.33 ml of triethylamine.
Ved samme temperatur tilsettes en løsning av klormaursyre- isobutylester (7,19 ml) i 50 ml metylenklorid og etterrøres ved -10° i 1 time. Så innledes F^S i 2 timer. Etter fjerning av overskudd E^S med nitrogen tilsettes reaksjonsblandingen 2 N F^SO^og rystes godt. Den organiske fasen fraskilles og ekstraheres 1 gang med 400 ml 1,5% NaHCO^-løsning. Den vandige fasen surgjøres med 2 N F^SO^, ekstraheres 2 gnager med CF^C^ og disse ektrakter tørkes deretter over MgSO^. Etter inndamping av den filtrerte organiske løsningen, oppnås tittelforbindelsen som gulaktig olje. IR (CH2C12): 3430; 2580; 1715; 1500, 1345 cm"<1>. c. ( 3S, R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-/ T3R, S)-3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- butyroyltioZ- azetidin-2- on. At the same temperature, a solution of chloroformic acid isobutyl ester (7.19 ml) in 50 ml of methylene chloride is added and stirred at -10° for 1 hour. Then F^S is introduced for 2 hours. After removal of excess E^S with nitrogen, 2 N F^SO^ is added to the reaction mixture and shaken well. The organic phase is separated and extracted once with 400 ml of 1.5% NaHCO 3 solution. The aqueous phase is acidified with 2 N F^SO^, 2 g are extracted with CF^C^ and these extracts are then dried over MgSO^. After evaporation of the filtered organic solution, the title compound is obtained as a yellowish oil. IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3430; 2580; 1715; c. Wed.
8,22 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metyl-sulfonylazetidin-2-on og 11,7 g (3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino ) -smørsyre oppløses i 180 ml CF^C^. Den gul-aktige løsningen tilsettes først 180 ml vann, og så 42 ml 1 N NaOH. Den kraftig omrørte emulsjonen omrøres i 1,5 timer ved romtemperatur. Den organisek fasen skilles så 8.22 g of (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methyl-sulfonylazetidin-2-one and 11.7 g of (3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyric acid are dissolved in 180 ml of CF^C^. The yellowish solution is first added to 180 ml of water, and then 42 ml of 1 N NaOH. The vigorously stirred emulsion is stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature. The organic phase is then separated
1 en skilletrakt og den vandige fasen ekstraheres ennå1 a separatory funnel and the aqueous phase is still extracted
2 ganger med CF^C^. De forenede organisek ekstrakter vaskes med en mettet, vandig MaHCO^-løsning og så med saltvann, tørkes over MgSO^og inndampes. Det oppnådde råproduktet renses ved kromatografi på silikagel med toluen/ etylacetat 9:1. DC (silikagel, etylacetat); Rf = 0,65; 2 times with CF^C^. The combined organic extracts are washed with a saturated aqueous MaHCO 3 solution and then with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and evaporated. The crude product obtained is purified by chromatography on silica gel with toluene/ethyl acetate 9:1. DC (silica gel, ethyl acetate); R f = 0.65;
IR (CH2C12): 3420; 1765; 1710; 1680; 1500; 1340 cm"<1>. IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3420; 1765; 1710; 1680; 1500; 1340 cm"<1>.
Utgangsmaterialet (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on kan fremstilles som følger: ca. ( 3S, 5R, 6R)- 2, 2- dimety1- 6-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl ) - penam- 3- karboksylsyrernetylester- 1, 1- dioksyd. The starting material (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one can be prepared as follows: approx. (3S,5R,6R)-2,2-dimethyl-6-(tert.-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-penam-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1,1-dioxide.
En løsning av 23,6 g (85 ramol) (3S,5R,6R)-2,2-dimetyl-6-hydroksymetyl-penam-3-karboksylsyrernetylester-1,1-dioksyd i 50 ml dimetylformamid omrøres med 25,5 g (170 mmol) tert.-butyl-dimetylklorsilan og 11,5 g (170 mmol) imidazol ved romtemperatur i 45 minutter. Så avdestilleres løsnings-midlet i høyvakuum og rsten opptas i etylacetat. Løsningen vaskes med lN-svovelsyre og så med vann, og de vandige løs-ningene ekstraheres 2 ganger med etylacetat. Den organiske fasen tørkes med natriumsulfat og inndampes på en rotasjonsfordamper. Produktet utfeller som krystallin masse. A solution of 23.6 g (85 ramoles) (3S,5R,6R)-2,2-dimethyl-6-hydroxymethyl-penam-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1,1-dioxide in 50 ml of dimethylformamide is stirred with 25.5 g (170 mmol) tert-butyl-dimethylchlorosilane and 11.5 g (170 mmol) imidazole at room temperature for 45 minutes. The solvent is then distilled off under high vacuum and the residue is taken up in ethyl acetate. The solution is washed with 1N sulfuric acid and then with water, and the aqueous solutions are extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organic phase is dried with sodium sulfate and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The product precipitates as a crystalline mass.
CD silikage, toluen/etylacetat (4:1): Rf = 0,56.CD silica, toluene/ethyl acetate (4:1): Rf = 0.56.
IR (CH2C12) 3,4; 5,57; 5,65 um. IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ) 3.4; 5.57; 5.65 µm.
cb . 2-/-T- 3S, 4R) - 3- ( tert. - butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl) - 4-metylsulfonyl- 2- oksazetidin- l- yl/- 3- metyl- 2- butensyremetyl-ester. cb. 2-/-T- 3S, 4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-2-oxazetidin-1-yl/- 3-methyl-2-butenoic acid methyl ester.
En løsning av 202 g (0,51 mol) (3R,5R,6R)-2,2-dimetyl-6-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-penam-3-karboksylsyre-metylester-1,1-dioksyd i 800 ml tetrahydrofuran tilsettes 9 ml DBU og omrøres i 5 minutter ved romtemperatur. Så tilsettes ytterligere 95 ml DBU og det omrøres i 30 minutter ved romtemperatur. Deretter tilsettes under avkjøling 42,3 ml (0,68 mol) metyljodid. Etter 3 timers reaksjons-varighet, frafiltreres utkrystallisert DBU-hydrojodid og filtratet inndampes. Resten opptas i etylacetat og løs-ningen vaskes med 1 N svovelsyre, vann og natriumhydrogen-karbonatløsning. De vandige faser ekstraheres 2 ganger med etylacetat. De forenede organiske faser tørkes over natriumsulfat og løsningen inndampes til en tykk olje. A solution of 202 g (0.51 mol) (3R,5R,6R)-2,2-dimethyl-6-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-penam-3-carboxylic acid methyl ester-1,1-dioxide in 800 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added to 9 ml of DBU and stirred for 5 minutes at room temperature. A further 95 ml of DBU is then added and it is stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. 42.3 ml (0.68 mol) of methyl iodide are then added while cooling. After a reaction duration of 3 hours, crystallized DBU hydroiodide is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated. The residue is taken up in ethyl acetate and the solution is washed with 1 N sulfuric acid, water and sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. The aqueous phases are extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulphate and the solution is evaporated to a thick oil.
DC /silikagel, toluen/etylacetat (4:12?: Rf = 0,42.DC/silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate (4:12?: Rf = 0.42.
IR (CH2C12) 5,63; 5,81; 6,17^im. cc. ( 3S, 4R)- 3- hydroksymetyl- 4- metylsulfonyl- azetidin- 2- on og ( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4- metyl-sulf onyl- aze ti din- 2 - on . IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ) 5.63; 5.81; 6.17^im. cc. ( 3S, 4R)- 3- hydroxymethyl- 4- methylsulfonyl- azetidin- 2- one and ( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4- methyl-sulfonyl- azetidin- 2- on
En løsning av 25 g (61,7 mmol) 2-/I3S,4R)-3-(tert.-buty1-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonyl-2-okso-azetidin-1-yl/-3-metyl-2-butensyremetylester i 400 ml metylenklorid behandles ved -10° med en ozon/oksygenblanding. Utgangsmaterialet forsvinning kontrolleres tynnsjiktskromatogra- fisk. Etter avslutning av reaksjonen tilsettes 30 ml dimetylsulfid og det vidererøres i 3 timer ved romtemperatur. Løsningen inndampes og resten opptas i en blanding av 160 ml metanol, 24 ml etylacetat og 3 ml vann, og oppvarmes 40 minutter ved 70°. Løsningsmidlet avtrekkes deretter og resten avtrekkes 2 ganger med toluen. Den krystalliser-ende oljen opptas i metylenklorid og krystallene, bestående av (3S,4R)-3-hydroksymetyl-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on, isoleres ved filtrering. Filtratet inndampes og (3S,4R)-3- (tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on oppnås i ren form ved kromatografi på silikagel med toluen/etylacetat (3:1): A solution of 25 g (61.7 mmol) of 2-(13S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl1-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl/-3-methyl-2 -butenoic acid methyl ester in 400 ml of methylene chloride is treated at -10° with an ozone/oxygen mixture. The disappearance of the starting material is checked by thin-layer chromatography. After completion of the reaction, 30 ml of dimethyl sulphide is added and the mixture is stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The solution is evaporated and the residue taken up in a mixture of 160 ml of methanol, 24 ml of ethyl acetate and 3 ml of water, and heated for 40 minutes at 70°. The solvent is then drawn off and the residue is drawn off twice with toluene. The crystallizing oil is taken up in methylene chloride and the crystals, consisting of (3S,4R)-3-hydroxymethyl-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one, are isolated by filtration. The filtrate is evaporated and (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one is obtained in pure form by chromatography on silica gel with toluene/ethyl acetate (3:1):
( 3S, 4R)- 3- hydroksymetyl- 4- metylsulfonyl- azetidin- 2- on:( 3S, 4R )- 3- hydroxymethyl- 4- methylsulfonyl- azetidin- 2- one:
CD, silikagel, toluen/etylacetat (1:1); Rf = 0,36; CD, silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate (1:1); R f = 0.36;
IR (CH2C12) 2,96; 3,54; 5,65^m. IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ) 2.96; 3.54; 5.65^m.
( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert. butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4- metylsulfonyl- azetidin- 2- on: DC; silikagel, toluen/etylacetat (1:1) (3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one: DC; silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate (1:1)
Rf = 0,06. Rf = 0.06.
En løsning av 14,6 g (81,5 mmol) (3S,4R)-3-hydroksymetyl-4- metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on i 40 ml dimetylformamid tilsettes 24 g (183 mmol) tert.-butyldimetylklorsilan og 11 A solution of 14.6 g (81.5 mmol) (3S,4R)-3-hydroxymethyl-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one in 40 ml of dimethylformamide is added to 24 g (183 mmol) of tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane and 11
g (163 mmol) imidazol i løpet av 4 5 minutter ved romtemperatur. Så avtrekkes løsningsmidlet i høyvakuum og resten opptas i etylacetat. Den organiske fasen vaskes i rekke-følge med 1 N-svovelsyre, vann og natriumbikarbonatløsning. De vandige fasene ekstraheres 2 ganger med etylacetat. g (163 mmol) of imidazole over 45 minutes at room temperature. The solvent is then removed under high vacuum and the residue is taken up in ethyl acetate. The organic phase is washed successively with 1 N sulfuric acid, water and sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous phases are extracted twice with ethyl acetate.
De forenede organiske faser tørkes over natriumsulfat og inndampes på en rotasjonsfordamper. Den krystallinske resten er rent (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl ) -4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on. The combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The crystalline residue is pure (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one.
d. 2-/ T3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-/" d. 2-/ T3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.-butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4-/"
( 3R, S)- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- butyroyltiq/- 2-okso- azetidin- l- yl7"- 2- hydroksyeddiksyre- p- nitrobenzylester. (3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyroyltiq/-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl7"-2-hydroxyacetic acid-p-nitrobenzyl ester.
En blanding av 10,23 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-/73R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-butyroyltio/-azetidin-2-on og 10,21 g glyoksylsyre-p-nitrobenzylester-etylhemiacetal i 170 ml toluen og 10 ml abs. A mixture of 10.23 g of (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(73R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyroylthio/-azetidin-2-one and 10.21 g glyoxylic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester ethyl hemiacetal in 170 ml toluene and 10 ml abs.
DMF tilsettes 80 g molekylsikt (4A) og omrøres i 16 timer ved romtemperatur og deretter i 2 timer ved 50°. Blandingen filtreres og filterresten ettervaskes med toluen. Inndamping av filtratet og tørking i høyvakuum ved 50° gir produktet som gul olje. DC (silikagel, etylacetat): Rf = 0,67; DMF is added to 80 g molecular sieve (4A) and stirred for 16 hours at room temperature and then for 2 hours at 50°. The mixture is filtered and the filter residue is washed with toluene. Evaporation of the filtrate and drying in high vacuum at 50° gives the product as a yellow oil. TLC (silica gel, ethyl acetate): Rf = 0.67;
IR (CH2C12): 3430; 1765; 1730; 1690; 1505; 1340 cm"<1>. IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3430; 1765; 1730; 1690; 1505; 1340 cm"<1>.
e. 2-/ l3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-/ 13R, S)- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- butyroyltio/- 2- okso-azetidin- l- yl7~ 2- trifenylfosforanylideneddiksyre- p- nitrobenzylester . e. 2-/ 13S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4-/ 13R, S)- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)- butyroylthio/- 2- oxo-azetidin- 1- yl7~ 2-triphenylphosphoranylideneacetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester.
Til en løsning av 13,7 g ( 2-/(~3S, 4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-/(3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-butyroylti<q>/-2-okso-azetidin-1-yl/-2-hydroksyeddiksyre-p-nitrobenzylester i 250 ml abs. tetrahydrofuran tilsettes under omrøring ved 0° etter hverandre 2,03 ml tionylklorid og 2,3-ml pyridin. Den hvite suspensjonen omrøres ennå To a solution of 13.7 g of (2-/(~3S, 4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-/(3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyroyl <q>/ -2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl/-2-hydroxyacetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester in 250 ml of abs. yet
o o
ved 0 i 30 minutter og filtreres. Etter inndamping opplø-ses det oppnådde gule skummet i 100 ml dioksan og tilsettes 3,1 ml 2,6-dimetylpyridin og 6,98 g trifenylfosfin. Etter 17 timers omrøring ved 40°, fraskilles faststoffene at 0 for 30 minutes and filtered. After evaporation, the yellow foam obtained is dissolved in 100 ml of dioxane and 3.1 ml of 2,6-dimethylpyridine and 6.98 g of triphenylphosphine are added. After 17 hours of stirring at 40°, the solids are separated
og filtratet inndampes. Råproduktet renses ved kromatografi på silikagel (elueringsmiddel toluen-etylacetat 9:1). and the filtrate is evaporated. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent toluene-ethyl acetate 9:1).
DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1); Rf = 0,36; IR (CH2C12): 3430; 1745; 1715; 1615; 1510; 1430 cm"<1>. DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1); R f = 0.36; IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3430; 1745; 1715; 1615; 1510; 1430 cm"<1>.
Eksempel 2. Example 2.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T2R, S)- 2-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- prop-l- yl_/- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre- p- nitrobenzylester. (5R,6S)-2-/T2R,S)-2-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-prop-1-yl_/-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid-p-nitrobenzyl ester.
En løsning av 3,14 g (5R,6S)-2-/T2R,S)-2-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino )-prop-l-yl7-6-(tert.butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-p-nitrobenzylester i 50 ml abs. THF tilsettes i rekkefølge 1,83 ml eddiksyre og 80 A solution of 3.14 g of (5R,6S)-2-(T2R,S)-2-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-prop-1-yl7-6-(tert.butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid -p-nitrobenzyl ester in 50 ml abs. THF is added in sequence 1.83 ml of acetic acid and 80
ml av en 0,1 N tetrabutylammoniumfluoridløsning i THF.ml of a 0.1 N tetrabutylammonium fluoride solution in THF.
Etter 4,5 timers omrøring fortynnes med 1,4 1 CH2CI2og vaskes med 200 ml av en mettet NaHCO^i H20 løsning. Den organiske fasen vaskes så med saltvann, tørkes over magne-siumsulfat og inndampes etter avfiltrering. Råproduktet renses ved kromatografi på silikagel (elueringsmiddel: fra toluen/etylacetat 1:1 til absolutt etylacetat). DC (silikagel, etylacetat): Rf ? 0,46; IR (CH2C12: 3600, 3430, 1780, 1715; 1515; 1340 cm"<1>. After stirring for 4.5 hours, dilute with 1.4 1 CH 2 Cl 2 and wash with 200 ml of a saturated NaHCO 3 in H 2 O solution. The organic phase is then washed with salt water, dried over magnesium sulphate and evaporated after filtration. The crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent: from toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1 to absolute ethyl acetate). DC (silica gel, ethyl acetate): Rf ? 0.46; IR (CH 2 Cl 2 : 3600, 3430, 1780, 1715; 1515; 1340 cm"<1>.
Eksemepl 3. Example 3.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T2- R, S)- 2- aminoprop- l- yl7- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2-penem- 3- karboksylsyre. (5R,6S)-2-/T2-R,S)-2-aminopropyl-1-yl7-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid.
229 mg (5R,6S)-2-/(2R,S)-2-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-prop-l-yl7-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-p-nitrobenzylester i 30 ml etylacetat, 12 ml THF og 24 ml vann tilsettes Om,15 g Pd/C (10%) og hydreres ved romtemperatur og normaltrykk i 2 timer. Katalysatoren avfiltreres og reaksjonsblandingen tilsettes ytterligere 0,1 g Pd/C (10%) 229 mg (5R,6S)-2-(2R,S)-2-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-prop-1-yl7-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester in 30 ml ethyl acetate , 12 ml of THF and 24 ml of water are added to about 15 g of Pd/C (10%) and hydrated at room temperature and normal pressure for 2 hours. The catalyst is filtered off and a further 0.1 g of Pd/C (10%) is added to the reaction mixture
og så 4 ml 0,1 N HC1 og hydreres videre i 1 time. Katalysatoren avfiltreres, den vandige fasen fraskilles og den organiske fasen ekstraheres igjen med vann. De forenede vandige ekstraktene tilsettes 1 ekvivalent NaHCO^og baskes med etylacetat. Deretter lyofiliseres den vandige fasen. and then 4 ml of 0.1 N HCl and further hydrated for 1 hour. The catalyst is filtered off, the aqueous phase is separated and the organic phase is extracted again with water. The combined aqueous extracts are added with 1 equivalent of NaHCO 3 and basted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase is then lyophilized.
DC (Reversed Phase Opti-UPC12) i vann: Rf = 0,13; UV (fosfatbuffer pH 7,4); xmaks= 304 nm. DC (Reversed Phase Opti-UPC12) in water: Rf = 0.13; UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4); xmax= 304 nm.
Eksempel 4. Example 4.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ 2- metyl- 2-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- prop-l- yl/- 6-( tert.- butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 2- penem- 3- karboksyl syre- p- nitrobenzylester. ( 5R, 6S )- 2-/ 2- methyl- 2-( 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)- prop-l- yl/- 6-( tert.- butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 2- penem- 3- carboxylic acid- p- nitrobenzyl ester.
Analogt med eksmpei 1 overføres 1,51 g 2-/f3S,4R)-2-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-/3-metyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino) -butyroyltio/-2-okso-azetin-l-yl/-2-trifenylfosforalyideneddiksyre-p-nitrobenzylester i 250 Analogous to Example 1, 1.51 g of 2-(((3S,4R)-2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(3-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyroylthio)-2-oxo-azetin- 1-yl/-2-triphenylphosphoralideneacetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester in 250
ml toluen etter 46 timers omrøring ved tilbakeløpstempera-tur til tittelforbindelsen. DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat ml of toluene after 46 hours of stirring at reflux temperature to the title compound. DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate
J:l); Rf = 0,6; IR (CH-C1,): 3430; 1775, 1710, 1510, 1340; J:l); R f = 0.6; IR (CH-C 16 ): 3430; 1775, 1710, 1510, 1340;
-1 -1
1300 cm 1300 cm
Utgangsmaterialet kan fremstilles som følger:The starting material can be prepared as follows:
a. 3- metyl- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- smøresyre. Analogt med eksempel la omsettes 7,79 g 3-metyl-3-amino-smørsyre til tittelforbindelsen. IR i CH2C12: 3430, 1710, 1500, 1340 cm<-1>. b. 3- metyl- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- tiosmørsyre. Analogt med eksempel lb overføres 9,5 g 3-metyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino ) -smøsyre til tittelforbindelsen. "IR (CH2C12): 3420; 2570; 1710; 1490; 1340 cm"<1>. c. ( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl- 4-/ 3- metyl-3- ( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino) - butyroyltiq/"- azetidin-2- on. Analogt med eksempel lc overføres 5,98 g 3-metyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino ) -tiosmørsyre og 3,75 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on til tittelforbindelsen. DC (silikagel, toluen-etylacetat 1:1): Rf = 0,44; IR (CH2C12): 3400; 1765; 1715; 1675; 1490; 1335 cm"<1>. d. 2-/ T3S- 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl(- 4-/ 3-metyl- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- butyroyltiq/- 2-okso- azetidin- l- yl7- 2- hydroksyeddiksyre- p- nitrobenzylester. Analogt med eksempel ld overføres 3,75 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-2-/3-mety1-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino ) -butyroyltiq/-azeitidin-2-on og 3,57 g gly-oksysyre-p-nitrobenzylester-etylhemiacetal til titelforbindelsen. DC (silikagel, toluen-etylacetat). Rf ? 0,43 og 0,36; IR: (CH^Cl^): 3420, 1760, 1735; 1710; 1680; 1505; a. 3- methyl- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)- butyric acid. Analogous to example 1a, 7.79 g of 3-methyl-3-aminobutyric acid were reacted to give the title compound. IR in CH 2 Cl 2 : 3430, 1710, 1500, 1340 cm<-1>. b. 3-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-thiobutyric acid. Analogous to example 1b, 9.5 g of 3-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-smoic acid is transferred to the title compound. "IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3420; 2570; 1710; 1490; 1340 cm"<1>. c. (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl-4-/3-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyroyltiq/"-azetidin-2-one. Analogous to example 1c transfer 5.98 g 3-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-thiobutyric acid and 3.75 g of (3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one to the title compound. DC (silica gel, toluene- ethyl acetate 1:1): Rf = 0.44; IR (CH2C12): 3400; 1765; 1715; 1675; 1490; 1335 cm"<1>. d. 2-/ T3S- 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl(- 4-/ 3-methyl- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)- butyroyltiq/- 2-oxo- azetidin- 1- yl7- 2- hydroxyacetic acid- p- nitrobenzyl ester. Analogous to example 1d, transfer 3.75 g (3S ,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-(3-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyroyltiq/-azetidin-2-one and 3.57 g of glyoxyacid p-nitrobenzyl ester ethyl hemiacetal to the title compound. TLC (silica gel, toluene-ethyl acetate). Rf ? 0.43 and 0.36; IR: (CH^Cl^): 3420, 1760, 1735; 1710; 1680; 1505;
-1 -1
1335 cm 1335 cm
e. 2-/ T3S- 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-/ 3-metyl - ( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino) - butyroyltio/"- 2- e. 2-/ T3S- 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4-/ 3-methyl - ( 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino) - butyroylthio/"- 2-
okso- azetidin- l- yl7- 2- trifenylfosforanylideneddiksyre- p-nitrobenzylester. oxo-azetidin-1-yl7-2-triphenylphosphoranylideneacetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester.
Analogt med eksempel le omsettes 2,32 g 2-/(3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-/ 3-mety1-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino) -butyroyltio/-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/-2-hydroksyeddiksyre-p-nitrobenzylester til tittelforbindelsen. DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1). Analogous to example 1e, 2.32 g of 2-(3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(3-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-butyroylthio)-2-oxo-azetidine are reacted -1-yl/-2-hydroxyacetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester to the title compound. DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1).
Rf = 0,47; IR (CH2C1); 3420, 1740; 1730; 1675; 1610; 1600; 1500; 1335 cm"<1>. R f = 0.47; IR (CH 2 Cl ); 3420, 1740; 1730; 1675; 1610; 1600; 1500; 1335 cm"<1>.
Eksempel 5: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ 2- metyl- 2-( nigrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- prop-1- yl/- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre- p- nitrobenzylester. Example 5: (5R, 6S)-2-(2-methyl-2-(nigrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester.
Analogt med eksempel 2 omsettes 2,29 g (5R,6S)-2-/2-metyl-2- (4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-prop-l-yl/-6-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl )-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-p-nitrobenzylester til tittelforbindélsen. Analogous to example 2, 2.29 g of (5R,6S)-2-(2-methyl-2-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-prop-1-yl)-6-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-penem- 3-carboxylic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester of the title compound.
DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat): Rf = 0,23. IR (Ct^Cl^): -1 TLC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate): Rf = 0.23. IR (Ct₂Cl₂): -1
3600; 3430; 1780; 1710; 1510; 1345 cm . 3600; 3430; 1780; 1710; 1510; 1345 cm.
Eksempel 6. Example 6.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-( 2- amino- metyl- prop- l- yl)- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2-penem- 3- karboksylsyre. (5R,6S)-2-(2-amino-methyl-prop-1- yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3- carboxylic acid.
Analogt med eksempel 3 omsettes 0,7 g (5R,6S)-2-/2-metyl-2-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-prop-l-yl/-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-p-nitrobenzyiester til tittelforbindelsen. DC (Reversed Phase Opti UPC.^) i vann: Rf Analogous to example 3, 0.7 g of (5R,6S)-2-(2-methyl-2-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-prop-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid-p -nitrobenzyl ester to the title compound. DC (Reversed Phase Opti UPC.^) in water: Rf
0,15. UV (fosfatbuffer pH 7,4); maks = 307 nm.0.15. UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4); max = 307 nm.
Eksempel 7. Example 7.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/( 3R, S)- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- but-l- yl/- 6-( tert.- butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 2- penem- 3-karboksylsyre- p- nitrobenzylester. ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/( 3R, S)- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-but-l- yl/- 6-( tert.-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 2- penem- 3-carboxylic acid- p- nitrobenzyl ester .
Analogt med eksempel 1 overføres 2,3 g 2-/( 3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-/T4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino )-valeroyltiq7-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/-2-tri- Utgangsmaterialet kan fremstilles som følger: a. ( 4R, S)- 4-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- valeriansyre. Analogt med eksempel la omsettes 9,5 g 4-aminovalteriansyre til titelforbindelsen. NMR (DMSO-dg): s = 12,0 (br: 1H), Analogous to example 1, 2.3 g of 2-/(3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-/T4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroyltiq7-2-oxo-azetidine are transferred -1-yl/-2-tri- The starting material can be prepared as follows: a. (4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeric acid. Analogous to example 9.5 g of 4-aminovalteric acid is reacted to the title compound. NMR (DMSO-dg): s = 12.0 (br: 1H),
8,3 (m; 2H), 7,7 (m; 2H), 7,25 (br; 1H), 5,2 (s; 2H), 3,6 8.3 (m; 2H), 7.7 (m; 2H), 7.25 (br; 1H), 5.2 (s; 2H), 3.6
(m; 1H), 2,25 (t; 2H), 1,7 (mM 2H), 1,1 ppm 8d; 3H).(m; 1H), 2.25 (t; 2H), 1.7 (mM 2H), 1.1 ppm 8d; 3H).
b. ( 4R, S)- 4-( 4- nitrobenyloksykarbonylamino)- tiovaleriansyre Analogt med eksempel lb overføres 15 g (4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino ) -valeriansyre til tittelforbindelsen. IR (CH2C12): 3430; 2570; 1715; 1505; 1345 cm"<1>. c. ( 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-/( 4R, S)- 4-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino) - valeroyltiq/- azetidin- 2- on. b. (4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-thiovaleric acid Analogous to example 15, 15 g of (4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeric acid are transferred to the title compound. IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3430; 2570; 1715; 1505; 1345 cm"<1>. c. (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-/(4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroyltiq/-azetidin-2-one.
Analogt med eksempel 1 overføres 11,4 g (4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino ) -tiovaleriansyre og 8,31 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on til tittelforbindelsen. DC (silikagel, toluen/ etylacetat 1:1), Rf = 0,14. Analogous to example 1, 11.4 g of (4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-thiovaleric acid and 8.31 g of (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidine are transferred 2-on to the title compound. TLC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1), Rf = 0.14.
d. 2 -/ 1 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyldimetylsilyloksymety1)- 4-/ T4R, S)- 4-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- valeroyltiq/- 2- okso-azetidin- l- yl/-- 2- hydroksyeddiksyre- p- nitrobenzylester. Analogt med eksempel ld overføres 11,18 g (3S,4R)-3-tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-/T4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-valeroylti<q>/-azetidin-2-on og 8,14 g glyoksyl-syre-p-nitrobenzylester-etylenhemiacetal til tittelforbindelsen. DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1); Rf = 0,25 d. 2 -/ 1 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4-/ T4R, S)- 4-( 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)- valeroyltiq/- 2- oxo-azetidin-1- yl/- - 2- hydroxyacetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester. Analogous to example 11, 11.18 g of (3S,4R)-3-tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(T4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroyl l<q>/-azetidin-2-one are transferred and 8.14 g of glyoxylic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester ethylene hemiacetal to the title compound. DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1); Rf = 0.25
og 0,28. and 0.28.
e. 2-/ T3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-/ T4R, S ) - 4- ( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino ) - avleroyltio/'- 2- okso-azetidin- l- yl/"- 2 - trif enylf osf orany lideneddiksyre- p- nitrobenzylester . e. 2-/T3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-/T4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-avleroylthio/'-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl/" - 2 - trif enyl phosph orany lidene acetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester.
Analogt med eksempel 1 e omsettes 5,2 g 2-/T3s,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-/T4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloksy karbonylamino)-valeroyltiq/-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/-2-hydroksyeddiksyre-p-nitrobenzylester til tittelforbindelsen. DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1): Rf = 0,32. Analogously to example 1 e, 5.2 g of 2-(T3s,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(T4R,S)-4-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-valeroyltiq/-2-oxo are reacted -azetidin-1-yl/-2-hydroxyacetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester to the title compound. TLC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): Rf = 0.32.
Eksempel 8. Example 8.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/_( 3R, S)- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino) - but-1- yl/- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre- p- nitrobenzylester. (5R,6S)-2-(3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-but-1-yl/-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid-p-nitrobenzyl ester.
Analogt med eksempel 2 omsettes 1,34 g (5R,6S)-2-/(3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-but-l-yl/-6-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl )-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-p-nitrobenzylester til tittelforbindelsen. IR (CH2C12): 3600; 3420; Analogously to example 2, 1.34 g of (5R,6S)-2-(3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-but-1-yl/-6-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2- penem-3-carboxylic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester to the title compound. IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3600; 3420;
1780; 1715; 1510; 1340 cm"<1>. 1780; 1715; 1510; 1340 cm"<1>.
Eksempel 9. Example 9.
( 5R, 6S) - 2-/ T3R, S ) - 3- amino- but- l- yl_/~- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre. ( 5R, 6S) - 2-/ T3R, S ) - 3- amino-but-l- yl_/~- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem-3- carboxylic acid.
Analogt med eksempel 3 omsettes 0,82 g (5R,6S)-2-/J3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-but-l-yl/-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-p-nitrobenzylester til tittelforbindelsen. UV (fosfat-buffer pH 7,4): X maks = 205 nm- Analogous to example 3, 0.82 g of (5R,6S)-2-((3R,S)-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-but-1-yl)-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid is reacted p-nitrobenzyl ester to the title compound. UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4): X max = 205 nm-
Eksempel 10. Example 10.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T2R, S)- l-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- prop-2- yl/- 6-( tert.- butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 2- penem- 3-karboksylsyre- p- nitrobenzylester. (5R,6S)-2-/T2R,S)-1-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-prop-2-yl/-6-(tert.-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid-p-nitrobenzyl ester.
Analogt med eksempel 1 overføres 1,13 g 2-/T3S,R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-/(2R,S)-2-mety1-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino )-propionyltio/-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/-2-fosforanylideneddiksyre-p-nitrobenzylester til tittelforbindelsen. DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1), Rf = 0,4. Analogous to example 1, 1.13 g of 2-(T3S,R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(2R,S)-2-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-propionylthio are transferred /-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl/-2-phosphoranylideneacetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester to the title compound. TLC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1), Rf = 0.4.
Utgangsmaterialet kan fremstilles som følger.The starting material can be prepared as follows.
a. ( 2R, S)- 2- metyl- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-propionsyre. a. (2R,S)-2-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-propionic acid.
Analogt med eksempel ia omsettes 5,69 g (2R,S)-3-amino-2-metyl-propionsyre til tittelf robindelsen. IR (Cr^C^): 3450; 1720; 1510; 1345 cm"<1>. Analogous to example ia, 5.69 g of (2R,S)-3-amino-2-methyl-propionic acid are reacted to give the title compound. IR (Cr₂C₂): 3450; 1720; 1510; 1345 cm"<1>.
b. ( 2R, S)- 2- metyl- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- tio-propionsyre. b. (2R,S)-2-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-thio-propionic acid.
Analogt med eksempel lb omsettes 10,4 g (2R,S)-2-metyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-propionsyre til tittelforbindelsen. IR (CH^Cl?): 4440; 2570; 1715; 1690; 1510; 1345 Analogous to example 1b, 10.4 g of (2R,S)-2-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-propionic acid is reacted to give the title compound. IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 4440; 2570; 1715; 1690; 1510; 1345
-1-1
cm cm
c. ( 3R, S)- 3-( tert.- buty1- dimetylsilyloksymety1- 4-/ T2R, S)-2- metyl- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- propionyltiq/"-azetidin- 2- on. Analogt med eksempel lc overføres 9,27 g (2R,S)-2-metyl-3- (4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-tiopropionsyre og 6,07 g (3R,S)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-metylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-on til tittelforbindelsen. DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1): Rf = 0,34; IR (CFUC1.,): 3440; 3400; -1 1765; 1710; 1675; 1500; 1335 cm . d. 2-/ J3 S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-/ T2R, S)- 2- mety1- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- propio-nyltio/- 2- okso- azetidin- l- yl7- 2- hydroksyeddiksyre- p- nitrobenzylester. c. (3R,S)-3-(tert.-buty1-dimethylsilyloxymethyl-4-/T2R,S)-2-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-propionyltiq/"-azetidin-2-one. Analogous to example 1c, 9.27 g of (2R,S)-2-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-thiopropionic acid and 6.07 g of (3R,S)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl- azetidin-2-one to the title compound. TLC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): Rf = 0.34; IR (CFUC1.,): 3440; 3400; -1 1765; 1710; 1675; 1500; 1335 cm . d. 2-/ J3 S, 4R)- 3-( tert.-butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4-/ T2R, S)- 2- methyl- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)- propionylthio/- 2- oxo - azetidin-1-yl7-2-hydroxyacetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester.
Analogt med eksempel ld overføres 0,98 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-/f2R,S)-2-mety1-3-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino) -propionyltiq/-azetidin-2-on til tittelforbindelsen. DC (silikagal, toluen/etylacetat 1:1); Rf = 0,5; IR (CH9C10): 3510; 3420; 1765; 1740; 1715; 1690 Analogous to example 1d, 0.98 g of (3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(f2R,S)-2-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-propionyltiq/-azetidine-2 -on to the title compound. DC (silica gall, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1); R f = 0.5; IR (CH 9 Cl 0 ): 3510; 3420; 1765; 1740; 1715; 1690
-11-11
cm cm
e. 2-/ J3 S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4-/ J2R , S)- 2- mety1- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- propio-nyltio/- 2- okso- azetidin- l- yl/- 2- fosforanyliden- eddiksyre-p- nitrobenzylester. e. 2-/ J3 S, 4R)- 3-( tert.-butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4-/ J2R , S)- 2- methyl- 3-( 4- nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)- propionylthio/- 2- oxo - azetidin-1-yl/-2-phosphoranylidene-acetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester.
Analogt med eksempel le overføres 2,6 g 2-/T-3S,4R)-3- Analogous to example le, 2.6 g of 2-/T-3S,4R)-3- is transferred
(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-/(2R,S)-2-metyl-3-(4-ni tr obenzy lok sy karbonyl amino) -propionyltio_/-2-okso-azetidin-1- yl/-2-hydroksyeddiksyre-p-nitrobenzylester til tittelforbindelsen. DC (silikagel, toluen/etylaceatt 1:1); Rf = 0,36; IR (CH2C12): 3440; 1775; 1715; 1675; 1615; 1600 cm". (tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-/(2R,S)-2-methyl-3-(4-nitrobenzylocy carbonyl amino)-propionylthio_/-2-oxo-azetidin-1- yl/-2- hydroxyacetic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester to the title compound. DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1); R f = 0.36; IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3440; 1775; 1715; 1675; 1615; 1600 cm".
Eksempel 11. Example 11.
( 5R, 6A)- 2-/( 2R, S)- 1-( 4- nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)- prop-2- yl/- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre- p- nitrobenzylester. (5R,6A)-2-/(2R,S)-1-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-prop-2-yl/-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid-p-nitrobenzyl ester.
Analogt med eksempel 2 overføres 0,28 g (5R;6S)-2-/T2R;S)-1-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-prop-2-yl/-6-tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl )-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-p-nitrobenzy1-ester til tittelforbindelsen. DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1); Rf = 0,18; IR (CFUC1.,): 3440; 1775; 1715; 1510; Analogous to example 2, 0.28 g of (5R;6S)-2- (T2R;S)-1-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-prop-2-yl/-6-tert.-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-penem- 3-carboxylic acid p-nitrobenzyl ester of the title compound. DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1); R f = 0.18; IR (CFUC1.,): 3440; 1775; 1715; 1510;
-1 -1
1340 cm . 1340 cm.
Eksempel 12. Example 12.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T2- R, S)- l- aminoprop- 2- yl/- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre. ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T2- R, S)- 1- aminopropyl- 2- yl/- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem-3- carboxylic acid.
Analogt med eksempel 3 overføres 750 mg (4R,6S)-2-/(2R,S)-1-(4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino)-prop-2-yl/-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-p-nitrobenzylester til tittelforbindelsen. UV (fosfat-buffer pH 7'4) : x maks = 301nm. Analogous to example 3, 750 mg of (4R,6S)-2-(2R,S)-1-(4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino)-prop-2-yl/-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid-p -nitrobenzyl ester to the title compound. UV (phosphate buffer pH 7'4): x max = 301nm.
Eksempel 13.Example 13.
Natriumsaltet av ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T2R, S)- 2-( 1- etoksykarbonyl-prop- l- en- 2- ylamino)- prop- l- yl/- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre. The sodium salt of ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T2R, S)- 2-( 1- ethoxycarbonyl-prop- 1- en- 2- ylamino)- prop- 1- yl/- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem-3 - carboxylic acid.
0,139 ml (1,1 mmol) aceteddiksyreetylester tilsettes til en suspensjon av 0,257 mg (1 mmol) 5R,6S)-2-/T2R,S)-2-aminoprop-l-yl/-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre og 0,15 ml 2N-natronlut i 3 ml isopropanol og omrøres i 3 timer ved romtemperatur. Ved tilsetning av dietyleter utfelles produktet. IR-spektrum (Nujol): absorbsjonsbåndet ved 3330; 1791; 1739 cm_r0.139 ml (1.1 mmol) of acetoacetic acid ethyl ester is added to a suspension of 0.257 mg (1 mmol) of 5R,6S)-2-(T2R,S)-2-aminoprop-1-yl/-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem- 3-carboxylic acid and 0.15 ml of 2N caustic soda in 3 ml of isopropanol and stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. When diethyl ether is added, the product precipitates. IR spectrum (Nujol): absorption band at 3330; 1791; 1739 cm_r
Eksempel 14. Example 14.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ 72R, S)- l- allyloksykarbonylamino- prop- 2- yl/- 6-( tert. butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre allylester. (5R,6S)-2-/72R,S)-1-allyloxycarbonylamino-prop-2-yl/-6-(tert.butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid allyl ester.
En oppløsning av 0,9 g 2-/T3S,4R)-2-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl )-4-/T2R,S)-2-metyl-3-allyloksykarbonylamino-propionyltiq/"-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/-2-trif enylf osf or anyliden-eddiksyre-allylester i 150 ml abs. toluen omrøres under argonatmosfære i 24 timer ved tilbakeløpstemperatur. Så inndampes løsningsmidlet og råproduktet renses ved kromatografi på silikatel. (Elueringsmiddel toluen-etylacetat 9:1). IR (CH2CL2): 3440, 1780, 1710 cm"<1>. A solution of 0.9 g of 2-(T3S,4R)-2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-(T2R,S)-2-methyl-3-allyloxycarbonylamino-propionyltiq/"-2-oxo-azetidine- 1-yl/-2-triphenyl phosphine-acetic acid allyl ester in 150 ml abs. toluene is stirred under an argon atmosphere for 24 hours at reflux temperature. Then the solvent is evaporated and the crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel. (Eluent toluene-ethyl acetate 9:1 ).IR (CH 2 CL 2 ): 3440, 1780, 1710 cm"<1>.
Utgangsmaterialet kan fremstilles som følger:The starting material can be prepared as follows:
a. ( 3S, 4R)- 2-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4- trifenylmetyltio- azetidin- 2- on. a. (3S, 4R)-2-(tert.-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-triphenylmethylthio-azetidin-2-one.
12,5 g trifenylmetylmerkaptan suspenderes i 70 ml metanol ved 0°, og tilsettes i løpet av 10 minutter porsjonsvis totalt 2,2 g av en 50%-ig natriumhydrid-suspensjon i olje. Deretter tildryppes en emulsjon av 11,1 g 3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl ) -4-metylsulf onyl-azetidin-2-on i 70 12.5 g of triphenylmethylmercaptan is suspended in 70 ml of methanol at 0°, and a total of 2.2 g of a 50% sodium hydride suspension in oil is added in portions over the course of 10 minutes. An emulsion of 11.1 g of 3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-methylsulfonyl-azetidin-2-one in 70
ml aceton og 70 ml vann i løpet av 30 minutter. Etter 30 minutters omrøring ved 0° og 1 time ved romtemperatur, inndampes reaksjonsblandingen på en rotasjonsfordamper, tilsettes metylenklorid og den vandige fasen fraskilles. ml of acetone and 70 ml of water during 30 minutes. After stirring for 30 minutes at 0° and 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction mixture is evaporated on a rotary evaporator, methylene chloride is added and the aqueous phase is separated.
Den organiske løsningen vaskes med saltvann og tørkes over natriumsulfat. Etter inndamping renses den rå tittelforbindelsen ved kromatografi på silikagel (elueringsmiddel toluen/etylacetat 19:1). DC (toluen-etylacetat 19:1): The organic solution is washed with brine and dried over sodium sulfate. After evaporation, the crude title compound is purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent toluene/ethyl acetate 19:1). DC (toluene-ethyl acetate 19:1):
Rf = 0,64, IR (metylenklorid); 3390, 1760, 1117, 835 cm".Rf = 0.64, IR (methylene chloride); 3390, 1760, 1117, 835 cm".
b. 2-/ T3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4- trifenylmetyltio- 2- okso- azetidin- l- yl7- 2- hydroksyeddiksyre-allylester. b. 2-/ T3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4- triphenylmethylthio- 2- oxo- azetidin- 1- yl7- 2- hydroxyacetic acid allyl ester.
8,4 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-tri-fenyl-metyltio-azetidin-2-on og 8,23 g (glyoksylsyreallyl-ester-etylhemiacetal i 170 ml abs. toluen tilsettes 27 g 8.4 g (3S,4R)-3-(tert.butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-tri-phenyl-methylthio-azetidin-2-one and 8.23 g (glyoxylic acid allyl ester ethyl hemiacetal in 170 ml abs. toluene are added 27 g
molekylsikt (2Å) og omrøres i 10 timer ved 55°C. Etter avfiltrering og inndamping på en rotasjonsfordamper under forminsket trykk, renses råproduktet ved kromatografi på silikagel. (Elueringsmiddel toluen/etylacetat 95:5). molecular sieve (2Å) and stirred for 10 hours at 55°C. After filtration and evaporation on a rotary evaporator under reduced pressure, the crude product is purified by chromatography on silica gel. (Eluent toluene/ethyl acetate 95:5).
DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 10:1): Rf = 0,37 og 0,27; IR (CH2CH2): 3520, 1760, 1745 cm"<1>. c. 2-/ T3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl)- 4- trifenylmetyltio- 2- okso- azetidin- l- yl/- 2- trifenylfosforanylideneddiksyre- allylester. Til en løsning av 604 mg 2-/C3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl )-4-trifenyImetyltio-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/- 2-hydroksyeddiksyre-allylester i 5 ml tetrahydrofuran tilsettes under omrøring ved -15° i rekkefølge 80 31 tionylklorid og 88 ul pyridin i løpet av 5 minutter. Den hvite suspensjonen etterrøres i 1 time ved -10° og filtreres over "Hyflo". Etter vaking av resten med toluen, inndampes på en rotasjonsfordamper. Resten oppløses i 3 ml dioksan, tilsettes 293 mg trifenylfosfin og 0,13 ml 2,6-lutidin og omrøres i 2 timer ved 115° badtemperatur. Blandingen filtreres over "Hyflo" og resten ettervaskes med toluen. De forenede filtratene inndampes. Kromatografi av resten på silikagel gir det rene produktet (elueringsmiddel toluen/ etylacetat 95:5). DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1): Rf = 0,18; IR (CH2C<1>2): 1745, 1605 cm_rd. Sølvsaltet av 2-/(~ 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.- butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl ) - 4- merkapto- 2- okso- azetidin- l- yl/- 2- trifenylfosforany-liden- eddiksyre- allylesteren. TLC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 10:1): Rf = 0.37 and 0.27; IR (CH2CH2): 3520, 1760, 1745 cm"<1>. c. 2-/ T3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.-butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl)- 4- triphenylmethylthio- 2- oxo- azetidin- 1- yl /- 2- triphenylphosphoranylideneacetic acid allyl ester. To a solution of 604 mg of 2- (C3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-triphenylmethylthio-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl/- 2-hydroxyacetic acid- allyl ester in 5 ml tetrahydrofuran is added with stirring at -15° in order 80 31 thionyl chloride and 88 ul pyridine during 5 minutes. The white suspension is stirred for 1 hour at -10° and filtered over "Hyflo". After washing the residue with toluene, is evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The residue is dissolved in 3 ml of dioxane, 293 mg of triphenylphosphine and 0.13 ml of 2,6-lutidine are added and stirred for 2 hours at 115° bath temperature. The mixture is filtered over "Hyflo" and the residue is washed with toluene. The combined filtrates are evaporated. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel gives the pure product (eluent toluene/ethyl acetate 95:5). DC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): Rf = 0 ,18; IR (CH2C<1>2): 1745, 1605 cm_rd. The silver salt of 2-/(~ 3S, 4R)- 3-( tert.-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl )- 4- mercapto- 2- oxo-azetidin- 1- yl/- 2- triphenylphosphoranylidene- acetic acid allyl ester.
7,5 g 2-/T3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl)-4-trifenyImetyltio-2-okso-azetidin-1-yl/-2-trifenylfosforanyl-ideneddiksyreallylester tilføres til 87 ml eter og tilsettes ved romtemperatur 70 ml av en 0,5 M vandig sølvnitrat-løsning. Deretter tilsettes dråpevis en blanding av 3,6 7.5 g of 2-(T3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-triphenylmethylthio-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl/-2-triphenylphosphoranyl-ideneacetic acid allyl ester are added to 87 ml of ether and added at room temperature 70 ml of a 0.5 M aqueous silver nitrate solution. A mixture of 3.6 is then added dropwise
ml tributylamin, 0,18 ml trifluoreddiksyre og 25 ml eter og reaksjonsblandingen etterrøres i 20 minutter. Så avsuges faststoffet og vaskes med eter, vann og igjen med eter. ml of tributylamine, 0.18 ml of trifluoroacetic acid and 25 ml of ether and the reaction mixture is stirred for 20 minutes. The solid is then suctioned off and washed with ether, water and again with ether.
Faststoffet oppslemmes til slutt for rensing ennå en gangThe solid is finally slurried for purification once more
i 40 ml eter og 40 ml vann, avsuges og tørkes. IR (CHoCl~): -1 in 40 ml of ether and 40 ml of water, filtered off with suction and dried. IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): -1
1760, 1620 cm . 1760, 1620 cm.
e . 2-/_~{ 3 S, 4R) - 3- ( tert. - butyl- dimetylsilyloksymetyl) - 4 - / ( 2R, S) - 2- metyl- 3- allyloksykarbonylamino- propionyltiq/"- 2-okso- azetidin- l- yl/- 2- trif enylf osf or anylideneddiksy real ly 1-ester. e. 2-/_~{ 3 S, 4R) - 3- ( tert. - butyl- dimethylsilyloxymethyl) - 4 - / ( 2R, S) - 2- methyl- 3- allyloxycarbonylamino- propionyltiq/"- 2-oxo- azetidine- l- yl/- 2- trif enylph osph or anylidene eddi xy real ly 1-ester.
5 g sølvsalt av 2-/T3S,4R)-3-(tert.-butyl-dimetylsilyloksymetyl )-4-merkapto-2-okso-azetidin-l-yl/-2-trifenylfosforany-liden-eddiksyre-allylesteren i 20 ml absolutt metylenklorid tilsettes 1,7 ml pyridin og deretter ved 0° dråpevis en blanding av 2,47 g (2R,S)-2-metyl-3-allyloksykarbonylamino-propionsyreklorid og 10 ml abs. metylenklorid. Etter 30 minutters omrøring avfiltreres faststoffet over "Hyflo" 5 g of the silver salt of the 2-(T3S,4R)-3-(tert-butyl-dimethylsilyloxymethyl)-4-mercapto-2-oxo-azetidin-1-yl/-2-triphenylphosphoranylidene-acetic acid allyl ester in 20 ml absolute methylene chloride is added to 1.7 ml of pyridine and then at 0° dropwise a mixture of 2.47 g of (2R,S)-2-methyl-3-allyloxycarbonylamino-propionic acid chloride and 10 ml of abs. methylene chloride. After 30 minutes of stirring, the solid is filtered off over "Hyflo"
og filtratet vaskes med vandig NaHCO^-løsning og så med slatvann. Etter tørking over natriumsulfat, inndampes i vakuum. Resten renses ved kromatografi på silikagel (elueringsmiddel toluen/etylacetat 4:1). DC (silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1): Rf = 0,3; IR (CH2C12): 3440, 1750, 1715, 1680, 1610 cm<-1>. and the filtrate is washed with aqueous NaHCO 3 solution and then with brine. After drying over sodium sulfate, evaporate in vacuo. The residue is purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluent toluene/ethyl acetate 4:1). TLC (silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1): Rf = 0.3; IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3440, 1750, 1715, 1680, 1610 cm<-1>.
Utgangsmaterialet (2R,S)-2-metyl-3-allyloksykarbonylamino-propionsyreklorid kan fremstilles som følger: ea. ( 2R, S)- 2- metyl- 3- allyloksykarbonylamino- propionsyre. Til en løsning av 10 g (2R,S)-3-amino-2-metyl-propionsyre The starting material (2R,S)-2-methyl-3-allyloxycarbonylamino-propionic acid chloride can be prepared as follows: ea. ( 2R, S )- 2- methyl- 3- allyloxycarbonylamino- propionic acid. To a solution of 10 g of (2R,S)-3-amino-2-methyl-propionic acid
i 20 ml vann og 44 ml 5 N NaOH-løsning tilsettes dråpevis ved 0° 11,2 ml klormaursyreallylester. Etter 15 timers omrøring ved romtemperatur opparbeides blandingen som i eksempel la. IR (CH2C12): 3450; 1710; 1505; -1220 cm"<1>. in 20 ml of water and 44 ml of 5 N NaOH solution is added dropwise at 0° 11.2 ml of chloroformate allyl ester. After 15 hours of stirring at room temperature, the mixture is worked up as in example la. IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3450; 1710; 1505; -1220 cm"<1>.
eb. ( 2R, S)- 2- metyl- 3- allyloksykarbonylamino- propionsyre-klorid. eb. (2R,S)-2-methyl-3-allyloxycarbonylamino-propionic acid chloride.
0,374 g (2R,S)-2-mety1-3-allyloksykarbonylamino-propionsyre tilsettes ved 0° 0,6 ml tionylklorid. Blandingen omrøres så ved samme tmeperatur i 2 timer under beskyttelsesglass. 0.374 g of (2R,S)-2-methyl-3-allyloxycarbonylamino-propionic acid is added at 0° to 0.6 ml of thionyl chloride. The mixture is then stirred at the same temperature for 2 hours under protective glass.
Deretter fortynnes med absolutt toluen og inndampes på en rotasjonsfordamper. IR (CH„C12): 3440, 1780, 1710, 1500, It is then diluted with absolute toluene and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. IR (CH2C12): 3440, 1780, 1710, 1500,
-1 -1
1215 cm 1215 cm
Eksempel 15. Example 15.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ J2R, S)- l- allyloksykarbonylamino- prop- 2- yl/- 6-hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyreallylester. (5R,6S)-2-/J2R,S)-1-allyloxycarbonylamino-prop-2-yl/-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid allyl ester.
Analogt med eksempel 2 overføres 138 mg (5R,6S)-2-/(2R,S)-l-allyloksykarbonylamino-prop-2-yl/-6-(tert.-butyldimetylsilyloksymetyl )-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-allylester til tittelforbindelsen: DC .(silikagel, toluen/etylacetat 1:1); R^ Analogous to example 2, 138 mg of (5R,6S)-2-(2R,S)-1-allyloxycarbonylamino-prop-2-yl/-6-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl)-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid is transferred allyl ester of the title compound: DC .(silica gel, toluene/ethyl acetate 1:1); R^
0 0,08; IR (CH2C12): 3610, 3440, 1780, 1710 cm"<1>. 0 0.08; IR (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 3610, 3440, 1780, 1710 cm"<1>.
Eksempel 16. Example 16.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ 72R, S)- l- aminoprop- 2- yl/- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre. ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ 72R, S)- 1- aminopropyl- 2- yl/- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem-3- carboxylic acid.
En løsning av 82 mg (5R,6S)-2-/7-2R,S)-1-allyloksykarbony1-aminoprop-2-yl_/~-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre-allylester i 3,5 ml abs. THF tilsettes ved -10° med 9 mg tetrakis-(trifenylfosfin)-pallasium og deretter med 0,17 A solution of 82 mg of (5R,6S)-2-((7-2R,S)-1-allyloxycarbonyl-1-aminoprop-2-yl_/~-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid allyl ester in 3.5 ml abs. THF is added at -10° with 9 mg of tetrakis-(triphenylphosphine)-palladium and then with 0.17
ml tributyltinnhydrid. Etter 20 minutters omrøring ved ml of tributyltin hydride. After 20 minutes of stirring at
-10° tilsettes 0,037 ml eddiksyre og reaksjonsblandingen vidererøres etterfjerning fra kjølebadet i 30 minutter. Etter konsentrering på en rorasjonsfordamper, opptas resten 1 vann-etylacetat, den vandige fasen fraskilles og den organiske fasen ekstraheres ennå 3 ganger med vann. De forenede vandige fasene lyofiliseres etter kort konsentrering på -10°, 0.037 ml of acetic acid is added and the reaction mixture is stirred further after removal from the cooling bath for 30 minutes. After concentration on a rotary evaporator, the residue is taken up in 1 water-ethyl acetate, the aqueous phase is separated and the organic phase is extracted a further 3 times with water. The combined aqueous phases are lyophilized after brief concentration on
en rotasjonsfordamper.a rotary evaporator.
UV (fosfatbuffer pH 7,4): x maks = 301 nm. UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4): x max = 301 nm.
Reaksjonsproduktet er identisk med det som er fremstiltThe reaction product is identical to that produced
i eksempel 12.in example 12.
Eksempel 17. Example 17.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/( 2R, S) - 2- aminoprop- l- yl7"- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre- l- etoksykarbonyloksyetylester. (5R,6S)-2-/(2R,S)-2-aminopropyl-1-yl7"-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid-1-ethoxycarbonyloxyethyl ester.
1,2 g natriumjodid oppløses i 3,7 ml aceton og tilsettes 0,275 ml etyl-l-kloretylkarbonat. Blandingen omrøres ved 1.2 g of sodium iodide is dissolved in 3.7 ml of acetone and 0.275 ml of ethyl-1-chloroethyl carbonate is added. The mixture is stirred
romtemperatur i 3 timer. Deretter dryppes løsningen påroom temperature for 3 hours. The solution is then dripped on
15,0 ml metylenklorid og de utfelte, uorganiske saltene frafiltreres. Metylenkloridløsningen inndampes til 2 ml og tilsettes ved 0° til en løsning av 0,257 g (1 mmol) 15.0 ml of methylene chloride and the precipitated inorganic salts are filtered off. The methylene chloride solution is evaporated to 2 ml and added at 0° to a solution of 0.257 g (1 mmol)
(5R,6S)-2-/(2R,S)-2-aminoprop-l-yl/-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre i 4 ml dimetylacetamid. Så omrøres i 3 timer ved 0°, deretter fortynnes med etylacetat og vaskes 3 ganger med vann. De organiske fasene tørkes over natrium-sulf at og inndampes på en rotasjonsfordamper. Råproduktet renses på 10 g silikagel med elueringsmiddel etylacetat. Tittelforbindelsen oppnås som hvitt skum. IR-spektrum (metylenklorid)_ absorbsjonsbånd ved 1790 og 1740 cm 1. (5R,6S)-2-(2R,S)-2-aminoprop-1-yl/-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid in 4 ml of dimethylacetamide. It is then stirred for 3 hours at 0°, then diluted with ethyl acetate and washed 3 times with water. The organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The crude product is purified on 10 g of silica gel with the eluent ethyl acetate. The title compound is obtained as a white foam. IR spectrum (methylene chloride)_ absorption bands at 1790 and 1740 cm 1.
Eksempel 18: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T2R, S)- 2- aminoprop- l- yl7- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem. 3- karboksylsyre- pivaloyloksyrnetylester. Example 18: (5R,6S)-2-/T2R,S)-2-aminopropyl-1-yl7-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem. 3- carboxylic acid pivaloyloxy ethyl ester.
0,6 g natriumjodid oppløses i 2 ml aceton og tilsettes 0,15 ml pivalinsyre klormetylester. Blandingen omrøres i 3 timer ved romtemperatur og dryppes deretter på 0,5 ml metylenklorid. De utfelte uorganiske saltene frafiltreres. Metylen-kloridløsningen inndampes til 1 ml og tilsettes til en løs-ning av 0,1 g (0,4 mmol) (5R,6S)-2-/T2R,S)-2-aminoprop-l-yl/-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre og 0,07 ml diiso-propyletylamin i 4 ml N,N-dimetylacetamid ved 0°. Dissolve 0.6 g of sodium iodide in 2 ml of acetone and add 0.15 ml of pivalic acid chloromethyl ester. The mixture is stirred for 3 hours at room temperature and then dropped onto 0.5 ml of methylene chloride. The precipitated inorganic salts are filtered off. The methylene chloride solution is evaporated to 1 ml and added to a solution of 0.1 g (0.4 mmol) (5R,6S)-2-/T2R,S)-2-aminoprop-1-yl/-6- hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid and 0.07 ml of diisopropylethylamine in 4 ml of N,N-dimethylacetamide at 0°.
Så omrøres i 3 timer ved 0°, fortynnes så med etylacetatIt is then stirred for 3 hours at 0°, then diluted with ethyl acetate
og vaskes 3 gnager med vann. Den organiske fasen tørkes over natriumsulfat og inndampes på en rotasjonsfordamper. Råproduktet renses på 10 g silikagel med etylacetat som elueringsmiddel. Tittelforbindelsen oppnås som hvitt skum. IR-spektrum (metylenklorid): Absorbsjonsmiddel ved 1790 and washed 3 times with water. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated on a rotary evaporator. The crude product is purified on 10 g of silica gel with ethyl acetate as eluent. The title compound is obtained as a white foam. IR spectrum (methylene chloride): Absorbent at 1790
og 1730 cmand 1730 cm
Eksempel 19.Example 19.
På analog måte som beskrevet i de forangående eksemplene, oppnås følgende forbindelser: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T- 2R, S)- 2- aminobut- l- yl7- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre, UV (fosfatbuffer pH 7,4) : x maks = 302 nm. ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T2( R, S)- 2- aminobut- l- y1/- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre, UV (fosfatbuffer pH 7,4) : X maks = 303 nm. ( 5R, 6S) - 2- ZTlS) - l- amino- but- l- yl/~- 6- hydroksymetyl-2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre, UV (fosfatbuffer pH 7,4): maks: 3 08 nm: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ TlS)- l- aminobut- l- yl7- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre, UV (f osf atbuf f er pH 7',4); X maks : 307,5 nm: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ TlR)- l- aminoetyl7- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3-karboksylsyre UV (fosfatbuffer pH 7,4): X maks: 308 nm, In an analogous manner as described in the previous examples, the following compounds are obtained: (5R, 6S)-2-/T- 2R, S)-2-aminobut-1-yl7-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid, UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4): x max = 302 nm. ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T2( R, S)- 2- aminobut- l- y1/- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem-3- carboxylic acid, UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4) : X max = 303 n.m. ( 5R, 6S) - 2- ZTlS) - l- amino- but- l- yl/~- 6- hydroxymethyl-2- penem- 3- carboxylic acid, UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4): max: 3 08 nm: (5R,6S)-2-/TlS)-1-aminobut-1-yl7-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid, UV (fosph atbuf f is pH 7'.4); X max : 307.5 nm: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ TlR)- l- aminoethyl7- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem- 3-carboxylic acid UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4): X max: 308 nm,
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ TlS)- 1- aminoety1/- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem- 3- karboksylsyre . UV ( f osf atbuf f er pH 7 , 4 ) : xmaKv. s: 3<0>7 nm, (5R, 6S)- 2-/ TlS)- 1- aminoethyl/- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem- 3- carboxylic acid. UV ( f osf atbuf f is pH 7 , 4 ) : xmaKv. s: 3<0>7 nm,
( 5R, 6S)- 2-( 2- amiono- 2- metyl- prop- l- yl)- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2-penem- 3- karboksylsyre- l- etoksykarbonyloksyetylester, IR spektrum (CH2C12): 1788 og 1738 cm"<1>. ( 5R, 6S )- 2-( 2- amiono- 2- methyl- prop- l- yl)- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2-penem- 3- carboxylic acid- l- ethoxycarbonyloxyethyl ester, IR spectrum (CH2C12): 1788 and 1738 cm "<1>.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T3R, S)- 3- amino- but- l- yl7- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre- l- etoksykarbonyloksyetylester, IR spektrum (CH2C12): 1790 og 1736 cm"<1>. ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ T3R, S)- 3- amino- but- l- yl7- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem-3- carboxylic acid- l- ethoxycarbonyloxyethyl ester, IR spectrum (CH2C12): 1790 and 1736 cm "<1>.
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/( 2R, S)- l- aminoprop- 2- yl7- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre- l- etoksykarbonyloksyetylester, IR-spektrum (CH2C12): 1787 og 1735 cm_r( 5R, 6S)- 2-/( 2R, S)- 1- aminopropyl- 2- yl7- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem-3- carboxylic acid- 1- ethoxycarbonyloxyethyl ester, IR spectrum (CH2C12): 1787 and 1735 cm_r
( 5R, 6S)- 2-( 2- amino- 2- metyl- prop- l- yl)- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2-penem- 3- kårboksy1syre- pivaloyloksynretylester, IR-spektrum (CH2C12): 1791 og 1733 cm"<1>; ( 5R, 6S )- 2-( 2- amino- 2- methyl- propyl- 1- yl)- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2-penem- 3- carboxylic acid- pivaloyloxynrethyl ester, IR spectrum (CH 2 Cl 2 ): 1791 and 1733 cm" <1>;
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/( 3R, S) - 3- amino- but- l- yj- 7~ 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre- pivalouloksymetylester, IR-spektrum (CH2C12): 1789 og 1732 cm<-1>; ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/( 3R, S) - 3- amino- but- l- yj- 7~ 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem-3- carboxylic acid- pivalouloxymethyl ester, IR spectrum (CH2C12): 1789 and 1732 cm<-1>;
og and
( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ l2R, S)- 1- aminoprop- 2- yl/- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- k årbok sy 1 sy r e- p i vaoy lok syrne ty le st er , IR-spektrum (CF^C^): 1788 og 1729 cm_r( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ 12R, S)- 1- aminopropyl- 2- yl/- 6- hydroxymethyl- 2- penem-3- k yearbook sy 1 sy r e- p i vaoy lok syrne ty le st er , IR spectrum (CF₂C₂): 1788 and 1729 cm-r
Eksempel 20: ( 5R, 6S)- 2-/ TlR)- 1- formamidinoetyl/- 6- hydroksymetyl- 2- penem-3- karboksylsyre. Example 20: (5R,6S)-2-/TlR)-1-formamidinoethyl/-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid.
En løsning av 110 mg etyl-formimidat-hydroklorid og 84 mg natriumhydrogenkarbonat i 4 ml vann tilsettes en løsning av 24 mg ( 5R, 6S )-2-/(~lR)-l-aminoetyl/-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylslyre og 84, mg natriumhydrogenkarbonat i 1 ml vann. Etter 50 minutters omrøring ved romtemperatur tilsettes 1 ml IN HC1 og inndampes i høyvakuum. Råsubstan-sen renses ved kromatografi på "OPTI UC C^"- A solution of 110 mg of ethyl formimidate hydrochloride and 84 mg of sodium bicarbonate in 4 ml of water is added to a solution of 24 mg of ( 5R, 6S )-2-/(~1R)-1-aminoethyl/-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem -3-carboxylate and 84. mg of sodium bicarbonate in 1 ml of water. After stirring for 50 minutes at room temperature, 1 ml IN HC1 is added and evaporated under high vacuum. The raw substance is purified by chromatography on "OPTI UC C^"-
UV (fosfatbuffer pH 7,4); X maK s: 305 nm.UV (phosphate buffer pH 7.4); X maK s: 305 nm.
Eksempel 21.Example 21.
Tørrampuller eller medisinglass, som inneholder 0,5 g (5R, 6S)-2-/T-2R,S)-2-aminoprop-l-yl/-6-hydroksymetyl-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre som aktiv substans fremstilles som følger: Dry ampoules or vials, containing 0.5 g of (5R, 6S)-2-/T-2R,S)-2-aminoprop-1-yl/-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid as active substance are prepared as follows:
Sammensetning:Composition:
(for 1 ampulle eller medisinglass):(for 1 ampoule or vial):
En steril, vandig løsning av den aktive substansen og manni-tolen underkastes frysetørking under aseptiske betingelser i 5 ml-ampuller eller 5 ml-medisinglass og ampullene hhv. medisinglassene lukkes og prøves. Istedet for det ovenfor nevnte aktive stoffet, kan det også anvendes den samme mengde av et annet aktivt stoff fra de foranstående eksemplene, som f.eks.(5R,6S)-2-(2-amino-2-metyl-prop-l-yl)-6-hydroksynrety1-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre, (5R,6S)-2-/l3R,S)-3-amino-but-l-yl/-6-h<y>droks<y>nrety1-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre eller (5R,6S)-2-/T2R,S)-1-aminoprop-2-yl/-6-hydroksymety1-2-penem-3-karboksylsyre. A sterile, aqueous solution of the active substance and mannitol is subjected to freeze-drying under aseptic conditions in 5 ml ampoules or 5 ml vials and the ampoules respectively. the medicine bottles are closed and tested. Instead of the active substance mentioned above, the same amount of another active substance from the preceding examples can also be used, such as (5R,6S)-2-(2-amino-2-methyl-prop-1) -yl)-6-hydroxynrethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid, (5R,6S)-2-[13R,S)-3-amino-but-1-yl]-6-hydroxy >nrety1-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid or (5R,6S)-2-(T2R,S)-1-aminoprop-2-yl/-6-hydroxymethyl-2-penem-3-carboxylic acid.
Claims (16)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CH249183 | 1983-05-06 | ||
CH483183 | 1983-09-02 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
NO841789L true NO841789L (en) | 1984-11-07 |
Family
ID=25690581
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
NO841789A NO841789L (en) | 1983-05-06 | 1984-05-04 | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF AMINOLA GENERIC SEAT PENEM |
Country Status (12)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0125208A1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU566056B2 (en) |
DK (1) | DK222384A (en) |
ES (1) | ES8607973A1 (en) |
FI (1) | FI841740A (en) |
GR (1) | GR81612B (en) |
HU (1) | HU192985B (en) |
IL (1) | IL71758A0 (en) |
NO (1) | NO841789L (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ208055A (en) |
PH (1) | PH23260A (en) |
PT (1) | PT78531B (en) |
Families Citing this family (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
FI853005L (en) * | 1984-08-09 | 1986-02-10 | Ciba Geigy Ag | NYA AMINOALKYLPENEM-FOERENINGAR. |
US4761408A (en) * | 1984-11-02 | 1988-08-02 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | Crystalline aminomethyl compound |
EP0201459A1 (en) * | 1985-05-06 | 1986-11-12 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | Acylaminomethyl-penem compounds, their preparation and pharmaceutical formulations containing them |
US5215997A (en) * | 1985-09-11 | 1993-06-01 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | Synthesis of beta-lactam compounds |
EP0215739B1 (en) * | 1985-09-11 | 1993-09-01 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | Synthesis of beta-lactam compounds |
CA2035248A1 (en) * | 1990-02-06 | 1991-08-07 | Shang-Ren Wu | Vinyl carbamate compounds and detergent compositions containing them |
GB9216102D0 (en) * | 1992-07-29 | 1992-09-09 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | Pharmaceutical substances |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4168314A (en) * | 1977-11-17 | 1979-09-18 | Merck & Co., Inc. | 6-(1'-Hydroxyethyl)-2-aminoethylthio-pen-2-em-3-carboxylic acid |
EP0042026B1 (en) * | 1978-02-02 | 1986-01-08 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | 3,4-disubstituted azetidin-2-on compounds and process for their preparation |
JPS5625110A (en) * | 1978-12-18 | 1981-03-10 | Bristol Myers Co | Antibacterial |
CH651037A5 (en) * | 1980-06-06 | 1985-08-30 | Sankyo Co | PENEM-3-CARBONIC ACID DERIVATIVES AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF. |
EP0180252B1 (en) * | 1981-07-15 | 1989-04-26 | Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited | Process of preparing azetidinone compounds |
-
1984
- 1984-04-30 EP EP84810205A patent/EP0125208A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1984-05-02 FI FI841740A patent/FI841740A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1984-05-03 PT PT78531A patent/PT78531B/en unknown
- 1984-05-04 HU HU841746A patent/HU192985B/en unknown
- 1984-05-04 NO NO841789A patent/NO841789L/en unknown
- 1984-05-04 DK DK222384A patent/DK222384A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1984-05-04 GR GR74604A patent/GR81612B/el unknown
- 1984-05-04 AU AU27704/84A patent/AU566056B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 1984-05-04 NZ NZ208055A patent/NZ208055A/en unknown
- 1984-05-04 IL IL71758A patent/IL71758A0/en unknown
- 1984-05-04 ES ES532213A patent/ES8607973A1/en not_active Expired
- 1984-05-07 PH PH30650A patent/PH23260A/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
ES532213A0 (en) | 1986-06-01 |
IL71758A0 (en) | 1984-09-30 |
DK222384D0 (en) | 1984-05-04 |
PT78531B (en) | 1986-09-15 |
HU192985B (en) | 1987-08-28 |
FI841740A0 (en) | 1984-05-02 |
NZ208055A (en) | 1987-01-23 |
AU2770484A (en) | 1984-11-08 |
FI841740A (en) | 1984-11-07 |
ES8607973A1 (en) | 1986-06-01 |
AU566056B2 (en) | 1987-10-08 |
PT78531A (en) | 1984-06-01 |
DK222384A (en) | 1984-11-07 |
GR81612B (en) | 1984-12-11 |
HUT34030A (en) | 1985-01-28 |
EP0125208A1 (en) | 1984-11-14 |
PH23260A (en) | 1989-06-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
NO841789L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF AMINOLA GENERIC SEAT PENEM | |
EP0246187B1 (en) | 2-pyridyl penem compounds | |
US4794109A (en) | 6-hydroxy-lower alkylpenem compounds, pharmaceutical preparations that contain these compounds, and the use of the latter | |
IE57576B1 (en) | 2-alkylthiopenem derivatives | |
NO834189L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF 6-HYDROXY-LOWER GENERIC COOL-PENEM COMPOUNDS | |
US4656165A (en) | Aminomethyl penem compounds | |
EP0278911B1 (en) | Bicyclic beta-lactam carboxylic acids | |
NO834191L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS | |
US4616007A (en) | Heterocyclthio compounds, process for their manufacture, pharmaceutical preparations that contain these compounds, and the the use of the latter | |
NO841788L (en) | HETEROCYCLYL-LAVALKYL-PENEM COMPOUNDS, PROCEDURES FOR THEIR PREPARATION, PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS, CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS AND APPLICATION OF THE LATER | |
EP0199675A1 (en) | Heterocyclic penem compounds | |
NO853142L (en) | NEW AMINOAL CHILDREN PENALS. | |
US4540580A (en) | 2-[(1'R)-1'-Aminoalkyl]penems | |
US4540579A (en) | 2-[(R) Amino acid alkyl]penems | |
EP0252885A1 (en) | Bicyclic thiaaza compounds | |
EP0121502A1 (en) | Novel penem compounds, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, processes for their preparation | |
GB2111492A (en) | Aminobutyl penem compounds | |
NO845277L (en) | PROCEDURE FOR MANUFACTURING NEW OPTICALLY ACTIVE PENEM CONNECTIONS. | |
DD251132A5 (en) | PROCESS FOR PREPARING AMINOENETERALKYL-PENEM COMPOUNDS | |
CH662568A5 (en) | Process for preparing aminomethyl compounds | |
EP0201459A1 (en) | Acylaminomethyl-penem compounds, their preparation and pharmaceutical formulations containing them | |
CH662119A5 (en) | Aminomethyl-penem compounds | |
EP0275233A1 (en) | 2-Heterocyclylalkyl-2-penem compounds | |
JPS6072893A (en) | Aminomethyl compound, manufacture and medicine |